*** empty log message ***

Include assert.h.
(color_indicator[]): Add an entry for the type, `door.'
(main): Assert that the lengths of the color_indicator and
indicator_name arrays are appropriately related.

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-Notes on the GNU Translation Project
-************************************
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************
 
-   GNU is going international!  The GNU Translation Project is a way to
-get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will
-gradually become able to speak many languages.  A few packages already
-provide translations for their messages.
+   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
 
-   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
-may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
-internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you
-do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
-or using this package with messages translated.
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do *not*
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
 
    Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
 explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
@@ -31,19 +31,23 @@ should configure it using
      ./configure --with-included-gettext
 
 to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
-package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in
-the operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, no
-prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale
-alias or message inheritance).  It is also not possible to offer this
-additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future
-versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more
-functionality.  So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
-as soon as possible.
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
+implementation here.  It is also not possible to offer this additional
+functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of
+GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality.  So it
+might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+   So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
 
 INSTALL Matters
 ===============
 
-   Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
 programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
 Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
 ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
@@ -113,37 +117,35 @@ shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
 can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
 
    An operating system might already offer message localization for
-many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have
-been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.
-Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper
-localization of already available operating system programs.  In this
-case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their
-environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to
-`LANGUAGE'.  For example, some Swedish users would rather read
-translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available.
-This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while
-leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
+with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.  Just using `gettext'
+extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
+available operating system programs.  In this case, users should set
+both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
+using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'.  For example, some
+Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
+when Swedish is not available.  This is easily accomplished by setting
+`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
 
 Translating Teams
 =================
 
-   For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
 people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
 able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
 Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
 International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of February
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
 1997:
 
-     Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
-     English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
-     `de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian
-     `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la',
-     Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
-     Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu
-     `te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'.
+     Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
+     Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
+     `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
+     Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
+     `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
+     Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.
 
 For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
 `zh@li.org'.
@@ -160,55 +162,53 @@ message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
 *actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
 rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
 you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
-get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach
-the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
 
    The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
-the terminology used in GNU.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more
-than programming skill, here.  For the time being, please avoid
-subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so.
+the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.
 
 Available Packages
 ==================
 
-   Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
-following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of February 1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
-which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
-coordination.
+   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
+1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
 
-     Ready PO files    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-                     .-------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
-     clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []    []    []       []    []          |  5
-     diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
-     enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
-     fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     findutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
-     flex            |                []    []                [] |  3
-     gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
-     grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
-     hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
-     id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
-     indent          |    []                []                   |  2
-     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
-     m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     music           |                []                         |  1
-     ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
-     recode          |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
-     sharutils       |    []    []    []       []             [] |  5
-     tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
-     texinfo         |                                           |  0
-     textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
-                     `-------------------------------------------'
-       14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-       27 packages      1 22  1 14  1 25  1 10 20  7 14  7  7 15  145
+     Ready PO files    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+                     .----------------------------------------------------.
+     bash            |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     bison           |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     clisp           |       [] [] []    []                               |  4
+     cpio            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     diffutils       |       []    []    []                []          [] |  5
+     enscript        |       []    [] [] []          []             []    |  6
+     fileutils       | []    []    []    []       [] []    [] []    [] [] | 10
+     findutils       |       []    []    [] []    [] []    []    []    [] |  9
+     flex            |             []    []       []                   [] |  4
+     gcal            |       []          []          []    []          [] |  5
+     gettext         |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 12
+     grep            |       []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] [] [] | 10
+     hello           |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     id-utils        |       []          []                []             |  3
+     indent          |    [] []                   []       []    []       |  5
+     libc            |       []    []    []       [] []    []          [] |  7
+     m4              |       []          []    []    []          []    [] |  6
+     make            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     music           |                   []                []             |  2
+     ptx             |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     recode          |    [] []    []    []          []    [] []    [] [] |  9
+     sh-utils        |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     sharutils       | []    []    []    []          []                [] |  6
+     tar             | []    []          [] []    [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     texinfo         | []    []          []                               |  3
+     textutils       | []    []    []    []       [] [] [] []          [] |  9
+     wdiff           | []    []    []    []          [] [] []          [] |  8
+                     `----------------------------------------------------'
+       17 languages    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+       27 packages      6  4 25  1 18  1 26  2  1 12 20  9 19  7  4  7 17  179
 
    Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ dialects.
 which it applies should also have been internationalized and
 distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
-GNU distribution.
+distribution.
 
-   If February 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+   If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
 of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
 

GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif

Makefile.maint

@@ -13,49 +13,102 @@ maintainer-check:
 
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
 cvs-dist: maintainer-check
 	pkg=`echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z`; \
 	ver=`echo "$(VERSION)" | sed 's/\./_/g'`; \
 	tag="$$pkg-$$ver"; \
 	echo tag=$$tag; \
-	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $$tag > /dev/null; then \
+	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $$tag: > /dev/null; then \
 	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
 	  exit 1; \
 	fi; \
+	cvs update po; \
 	cvs tag -c $$tag
 	$(MAKE) dist
 
 t=./=test
-my-distcheck: dist
+my-distcheck:
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	mkdir $(t)
 	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
-	  && ./configure --disable-gettext \
-	  && $(MAKE) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
 	  && $(MAKE) check \
 	  && $(MAKE) distclean
-	cd $(t) && $(TAR) --diff -z -f ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(TAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	@echo "========================"; \
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"
 
-acdir = m4
-aclocal-files: configure.in m4/Makefile.am
-	echo "acfiles = \\" > $@-tmp
-	(cd $(srcdir) && find $(acdir) -type f -name '*.m4' -print)	\
-	  | sed 's!^!$(top_srcdir)/!'					\
-	  | tr '\012' ' '						\
-	  | fmt								\
-	  | sed -e 's/$$/ \\/' -e '$$s/..$$//'				\
-	  >> $@-tmp
-	echo >> $@-tmp
-	mv $@-tmp $@
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+v = Version
 
-include aclocal-files
+a_host=alpha.gnu.org
+b_host=tug.org/pub
+c_host=ftp.enst.fr
 
-# Override default rule to use --acdir option
-$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4: configure.in $(acfiles)
-	cd $(srcdir) && aclocal -I $(acdir)
+a_url_dir=gnu/fetish
+b_url_dir=gnu/fetish
+c_url_dir=pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
+a_real_dir=/fs/share/ftp/gnu/fetish
+b_real_dir=/home/ftp/pub/gnu/fetish
+c_real_dir=/pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+real_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)$($(x)_real_dir))
+
+md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	wget -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  sed -n "1,/$v $(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" \
+	    ChangeLog; \
+	)
+
+alpha:
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announcement
+	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
+	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
+	@echo =====================================
+	@for url in $(real_dir_list); do \
+	  echo "ncftp -u $$url"; \
+	done
+	@echo '#   put $(distdir).tar.gz'
+	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	@echo 'pot-mail $(distdir).tar.gz | bash'
+	@echo =====================================

THANKS

@@ -2,37 +2,78 @@ This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
 The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
 
 Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
+aldomel: aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic: zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Akim Demaille: demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire: alain@qnx.com
+Alexey Solovyov: alekso@math.uu.se
+Andreas Jaeger: jaeger@gnu.org
 Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Andrew Dalke: dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Tridgell: tridge@samba.org
+Andries Brouwer: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
 Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
 Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
 Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bernd Leibing: bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
+Bjorn Helgaas: helgaas@rsn.hp.com
+Bob McCracken: kerouac@ravenet.com
+Brendan O'Dea: bod@compusol.com.au
 Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
+Christian von Roques: roques@pond.sub.org
+Colin Plumb: colin@nyx.net
+Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
+Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
 Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
+Eli Zaretskii: eliz@is.elta.co.il
 Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+François Pinard: pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
 Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
+Göran Uddeborg: goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
 Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
 Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
 James: james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
+Jamie Lokier: jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Janos Farkas: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
 Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Johan Danielsson: joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley: jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
 John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts: jgotts@umich.edu
+jvogel: jvogel@linkny.com
+Karl Heuer: kwzh@gnu.org
+Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Larry McVoy: lm@sgi.com
+Lars Hecking: lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
+Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
 Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
 Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
 Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Mark Kettenis: kettenis@phys.uva.nl
 Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Swift: swift@alum.mit.edu
+Michiel Bacchiani: bacchian@raven.bu.edu
 Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
+Olav Morkrid: olav@funcom.com
+Per Kristian Hove: perhov@math.ntnu.no
 Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
 Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
 Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
+Rainer Orth: ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
 Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
 Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
 Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
 Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Ulrich Drepper: drepper@cygnus.com
+Volker Borchert: bt@teknon.de
 Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
 Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+William Bader: william@nscs.fast.net

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.info
-version.texi
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.vr
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.pg
 fileutils.cm
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.op
+fileutils.cp
 fileutils.cps
+fileutils.dvi
+fileutils.fl
+fileutils.fn
+fileutils.info
+fileutils.info*
+fileutils.ky
+fileutils.log
+fileutils.op
+fileutils.pg
+fileutils.toc
+fileutils.tp
+fileutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -3,8 +3,12 @@ info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 
-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -32,6 +31,8 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
 
+DESTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -47,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -64,14 +66,15 @@ DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
 MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
@@ -87,20 +90,24 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@
 
+
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 
-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
@@ -108,34 +115,32 @@ DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi
 
 
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-default: all
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
-	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+	@:
 
-stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
 	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
 	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
-	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
-	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
 	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
 
 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp
@@ -145,7 +150,7 @@ clean-vti:
 distclean-vti:
 
 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	-@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -180,45 +185,66 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 .texinfo.dvi:
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.txi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
-	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
 	@$(POST_INSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
 	else : ; fi
 
 uninstall-info:
 	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  ii=yes; \
-	else ii=; fi; \
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  test -z "$ii" \
-	    || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
-	done
-	$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file"; \
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+	     echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
+	     rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
 	done
 
 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
@@ -229,17 +255,18 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 
 mostlyclean-aminfo:
 	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.kys \
-	  fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg fileutils.toc \
-	  fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr fileutils.vrs \
-	  fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv fileutils.cn
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
+	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
+	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
+	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
+	  fileutils.cn
 
 clean-aminfo:
 
 distclean-aminfo:
 
 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -261,65 +288,76 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-dvi: $(DVIS)
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 
-install-data: install-info-am
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-info
-
-all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am
 
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
-	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
 
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
 
-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
-distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info \
-dvi installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
+install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
+dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
+install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
+uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -467,15 +467,15 @@ year.
 @cindex MacKenzie, David
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
-(@samp{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
+(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
-Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@samp{rsalz@@bbn.com})
-and Jim Berets (@samp{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
+Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
+and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
 revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
 and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.
 This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
-(@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
-and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
+(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
+and then edited by K.@: Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @end titlepage
 
 
-@ifinfo
+@ifnottex
 @node Top
 @top GNU shell utilities
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.
 
 * Index::                       General index.
 @end menu
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex
 
 
 @node Introduction
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.org}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{bug-sh-utils@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
 @code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
 the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
 This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
-the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
+the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1140,15 +1140,16 @@ The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
 Synopses:
 
 @example
-stty [@var{setting}]@dots{}
+stty [@var{option}] [@var{setting}]@dots{}
 stty [@var{option}]
 @end example
 
-If given no arguments, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
+If given no line settings, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
 discipline number (on systems that support it), and line settings
 that have been changed from the values set by @samp{stty sane}.
-Mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line connected to
-standard input.
+By default, mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line
+connected to standard input, although this can be modified by the
+@samp{--file} option.
 
 @code{stty} accepts many non-option arguments that change aspects of
 the terminal line operation, as described below.
@@ -1160,7 +1161,19 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 @itemx --all
 @opindex -a
 @opindex --all
-Print all current settings in human-readable form.
+Print all current settings in human-readable form.  This option may not
+be used in combination with any line settings.
+
+@item -F @var{device}
+@itemx --file @var{device}
+@opindex -F
+@opindex --file
+Set the line opened by the filename specified in @var{device} instead of
+the tty line connected to standard input.  This option is necessary
+because opening a POSIX tty requires use of the @code{O_NONDELAY} flag to
+prevent a POSIX tty from blocking until the carrier detect line is high if
+the @code{clocal} flag is not set.  Hence, it is not always possible
+to allow the shell to open the device in the traditional manner.
 
 @item -g
 @itemx --save
@@ -1168,7 +1181,8 @@ Print all current settings in human-readable form.
 @opindex --save
 @cindex machine-readable @code{stty} output
 Print all current settings in a form that can be used as an argument to
-another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.
+another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.  This option
+may not be used in combination with any line settings.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1735,7 +1749,7 @@ Tell the kernel that the terminal has @var{n} columns.  Non-POSIX.
 @vindex COLUMNS
 Print the number of rows and columns that the kernel thinks the
 terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and cols in the kernel
-typically use the environment variables @code{LINES} and @code{COLUMNS}
+typically use the environment variables @env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}
 instead; however, GNU @code{stty} does not know anything about them.)
 Non-POSIX.
 
@@ -2376,6 +2390,33 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.
 
+@item -I[@var{timespec}]
+@itemx --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+@opindex -I[@var{timespec}]
+@opindex --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+Display the date using the ISO 8601 format, @samp{%Y-%m-%d}.
+
+The optional argument @var{timespec} specifies the number of additional
+terms of the time to include.  It can be one of the following:
+@table @samp
+@item auto
+The default behavior: print just the date.
+
+@item hours
+Append the hour of the day to the date.
+
+@item minutes
+Append the hours and minutes.
+
+@item seconds
+Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
+@end table
+
+If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
+@samp{%z}.  If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{%Z} in place of
+@samp{%z}.
+
+@item -R
 @itemx --rfc-822
 @opindex -R
 @opindex --rfc-822
@@ -2676,7 +2717,7 @@ Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
 directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
 the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
 @var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
-specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+specified, the default is the value of the @env{SHELL} environment
 variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.
 
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
@@ -2706,7 +2747,7 @@ to an empty value is different from unsetting it.
 
 @vindex PATH
 The first remaining argument specifies the program name to invoke; it is
-searched for according to the @code{PATH} environment variable.  Any
+searched for according to the @env{PATH} environment variable.  Any
 remaining arguments are passed as arguments to that program.
 
 @cindex environment, printing
@@ -2850,9 +2891,9 @@ effective user id of zero (the super-user).
 @vindex LOGNAME
 @cindex login shell
 By default, @code{su} does not change the current directory.
-It sets the environment variables @code{HOME} and @code{SHELL}
+It sets the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{SHELL}
 from the password entry for @var{user}, and if @var{user} is not
-the super-user, sets @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
+the super-user, sets @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
 By default, the shell is not a login shell.
 
 Any additional @var{arg}s are passed as additional arguments to the
@@ -2903,10 +2944,10 @@ expansion (globbing), which is not likely to be useful.
 @vindex PATH
 @cindex login shell, creating
 Make the shell a login shell.  This means the following.  Unset all
-environment variables except @code{TERM}, @code{HOME}, and @code{SHELL}
-(which are set as described above), and @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME}
+environment variables except @env{TERM}, @env{HOME}, and @env{SHELL}
+(which are set as described above), and @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME}
 (which are set, even for the super-user, as described above), and set
-@code{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
+@env{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
 directory.  Prepend @samp{-} to the shell's name, intended to make it
 read its login startup file(s).
 
@@ -2919,9 +2960,9 @@ read its login startup file(s).
 @cindex environment, preserving
 @flindex /etc/shells
 @cindex restricted shell
-Do not change the environment variables @code{HOME}, @code{USER},
-@code{LOGNAME}, or @code{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
-variable @code{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
+Do not change the environment variables @env{HOME}, @env{USER},
+@env{LOGNAME}, or @env{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
+variable @env{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
 entry, unless the user running @code{su} is not the superuser and
 @var{user}'s shell is restricted.  A @dfn{restricted shell} is one that
 is not listed in the file @file{/etc/shells}, or in a compiled-in list

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
+.deps
 Makefile
 getdate.c
-posixtm.c
-safe-stat.h
-safe-stat.c
+getdate.tab.c
+lstat.c
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
-getdate.tab.c
-.deps
+safe-stat.c
+safe-stat.h
+stat.c

lib/.gdb-history

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+r 206.65.212.10
+b main
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p addr
+p addr
+p he->h_name
+n
+q
+b canon_host 
+r 206.65.212.10
+n
+p he
+p *he
+n
+n
+p (he->h_addrtype)
+n
+q

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -4,26 +4,33 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
-  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
-
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
 addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
 closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
+dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -32,6 +31,8 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
 
+DESTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -47,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -64,14 +66,15 @@ DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
 MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
@@ -88,33 +91,36 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@
 
+
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
-  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
-
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
 addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
 closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
+dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
 
-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
@@ -130,58 +136,57 @@ libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate$U.o posixtm$U.o getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o \
 addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o closeout$U.o \
 dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o \
 idcache$U.o isdir$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o \
-hash$U.o path-concat$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o savedir$U.o \
-stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o \
-xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
+hash$U.o path-concat$U.o quotearg$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
+savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o \
+xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
 AR = ar
-YLWRAP = $(srcdir)/ylwrap
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c chown.c error.c error.h \
-euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getdate.c \
-getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lstat.c malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c \
-memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h posixtm.c \
-realloc.c regex.c regex.h rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stat.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c \
-strtoul.c strverscmp.c ylwrap
+DIST_COMMON =  $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in TODO alloca.c \
+chown.c error.c error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
+ftruncate.c getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lchown.c \
+lstat.c malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c \
+mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h realloc.c regex.c rename.c rmdir.c \
+rpmatch.c stat.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c \
+strncasecmp.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c strverscmp.c \
+utime.c
 
 
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
+GZIP_ENV = --best
 DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
 .deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/closeout.P \
 .deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P \
 .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
 .deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P \
 .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/group-member.P \
-.deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P \
+.deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/lchown.P \
 .deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P \
 .deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P \
 .deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
-.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/realloc.P .deps/regex.P \
-.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
+.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/quotearg.P .deps/realloc.P \
+.deps/regex.P .deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P \
 .deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P \
 .deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P \
-.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P \
-.deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P \
-.deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P \
-.deps/yesno.P
+.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strncasecmp.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P \
+.deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P \
+.deps/utime.P .deps/version-etc.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P \
+.deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
 OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 
-default: all
-
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .S .c .h .o .s .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+.SUFFIXES: .S .c .o .s .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
@@ -195,9 +200,6 @@ distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
 .s.o:
 	$(COMPILE) -c $<
 
@@ -205,7 +207,7 @@ maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 	$(COMPILE) -c $<
 
 mostlyclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.o core
+	-rm -f *.o core *.core
 
 clean-compile:
 
@@ -214,7 +216,10 @@ distclean-compile:
 
 maintainer-clean-compile:
 ../src/ansi2knr: ../src/ansi2knr.o
-	cd ../src && $(MAKE) ansi2knr
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ansi2knr
+
+../src/ansi2knr.o:
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ansi2knr.o
 
 
 mostlyclean-kr:
@@ -230,170 +235,190 @@ libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	-rm -f libfu.a
 	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
-.y.c:
-	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
-.y.h:
-	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
 addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` addext_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
 alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` alloca_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
 argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` argmatch_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
 backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` backupfile_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
 basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` basename_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
 chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` chown_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
 closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` closeout_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
 dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` dirname_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
 error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` error_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
 euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` euidaccess_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
 exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` exclude_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
 fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` fileblocks_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
 filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` filemode_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
 fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` fnmatch_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
 fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` fsusage_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
 ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` ftruncate_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
 full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` full-write_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
 getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` getdate_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
 getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` getgroups_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
 getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` getline_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
 getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` getopt_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
 getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` getopt1_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
 group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` group-member_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
 hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` hash_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
 human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` human_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
 idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` idcache_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
 isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` isdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
+lchown_.c: lchown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
 long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` long-options_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
 lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` lstat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
 makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` makepath_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
 malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` malloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
 memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` memcmp_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
 memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` memcpy_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
 memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` memset_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
 mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` mkdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
 mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` mktime_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
 modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` modechange_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
 mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` mountlist_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
 obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` obstack_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
 path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` path-concat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
 posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` posixtm_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
+quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
 realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` realloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
 regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` regex_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
 rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` rename_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
 rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` rmdir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
 rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` rpmatch_.c
-rx_.c: rx.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rx.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rx.c; else echo rx.c; fi` rx_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
 safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` safe-read_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
 save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` save-cwd_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
 savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` savedir_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
 stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` stat_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
 stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` stpcpy_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
 strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` strcasecmp_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
 strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` strdup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
 strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` strftime_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
 stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` stripslash_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
+strncasecmp_.c: strncasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; else echo strncasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strncasecmp_.c
 strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` strndup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
 strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` strstr_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
 strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` strtol_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
 strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` strtoul_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
 strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` strverscmp_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
 userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` userspec_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
+utime_.c: utime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
+version-etc_.c: version-etc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; else echo version-etc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > version-etc_.c
 xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` xgetcwd_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
 xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` xmalloc_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
 xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` xstrdup_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
 xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` xstrtol_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
 xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` xstrtoul_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
 yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(ANSI2KNR) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` yesno_.c
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
 addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
 closeout_.o dirname_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o \
 filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
 getgroups_.o getline_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o group-member_.o hash_.o \
-human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o makepath_.o \
-malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
+human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o lchown_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
+makepath_.o malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
 modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o \
-realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o rx_.o safe-read_.o \
-save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strdup_.o \
-strftime_.o stripslash_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o strtol_.o strtoul_.o \
-strverscmp_.o userspec_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o \
-xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
+quotearg_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o \
+safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
+strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o \
+strtol_.o strtoul_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o \
+xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : \
+$(ANSI2KNR)
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
+	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
+	if cmp -s y.tab.h $*.h; then rm -f y.tab.h; else mv y.tab.h $*.h; fi; \
+	else :; fi
+getdate..h: getdate.c
+
 
 tags: TAGS
 
 ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
 	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP)
+	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP)
 
 TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
 	tags=; \
 	here=`pwd`; \
-	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$(LISP)$$tags" \
-	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
 
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
@@ -416,17 +441,16 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits lib/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
 
-MKDEP = $(CC) -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-
 DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)
--include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	echo > $@
 
 -include $(DEP_FILES)
 
@@ -435,83 +459,110 @@ mostlyclean-depend:
 clean-depend:
 
 distclean-depend:
-
-maintainer-clean-depend:
 	-rm -rf .deps
 
-.deps/%.P: %.c
-	@echo "Computing dependencies for $<..."
-	@o='o'; \
-	test -n "$o" && o='$$o'; \
-	$(MKDEP) $< >$@.tmp \
-	  && sed "s,^\(.*\)\.o:,\1.$$o \1.l$$o $@:," < $@.tmp > $@ \
-	  && rm -f $@.tmp
-info:
-dvi:
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+maintainer-clean-depend:
 
-install-data: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+%.o: %.c
+	@echo '$(COMPILE) -c $<'; \
+	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-cp .deps/$(*F).pp .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	rm .deps/$(*F).pp
 
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
+%.lo: %.c
+	@echo '$(LTCOMPILE) -c $<'; \
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o[ 	]*:/\1.lo \1.o :/' \
+	  < .deps/$(*F).pp > .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*F).P; \
+	rm -f .deps/$(*F).pp
+info-am:
+info: info-am
+dvi-am:
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 
-uninstall: 
-
-all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+install-data-am:
+install-data: install-data-am
 
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am:
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
 
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
+	-test -z "getdate..hgetdate.c$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f getdate..h getdate.c $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
 		mostlyclean-kr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend \
 		mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
-		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
 
-distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
-		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
+		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
+		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic \
+		clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-kr \
 		maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-depend \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
 maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
 maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
 maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend \
-clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi installcheck install-exec \
-install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info-am info dvi-am dvi check \
+check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
+install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
+all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
 distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
 mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
 
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.

lib/TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Things to do to hash.c:
+
+Always use curly braces around statements in if/else/while/do/etc.
+that span more than a line -- even around multiline simple statements
+or single-line simple statements preceded by a comment line.
+
+Never have lines longer than 80 chars.
+
+Remove ^L characters.  We don't want/need such crutches.
+Get a good (smart) pagination filter.  I have one (a perl script)
+that usually does a decent job for me -- I called it something
+like stdc-print and think I sent you an early verison.
+
+I don't like the name `cursor'.  I much prefer short names
+like `p' for index variables.  I doubt I'll change all of them,
+but thought you should know why some will probably end up changing.
+
+#define USE_OBSTACK somewhere
+
+Fix this comment.  Depending on system and application...
+Mention fragmentation.
+  +#if USE_OBSTACK
+  +    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+  +       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+  +       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+  +    struct obstack entry_stack;
+  +#endif
+
+
+assert (bucket_limit - bucket == n_buckets) ?
+
+remove.c: s/done/successful or ok

lib/addext.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 
 #include <backupfile.h>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
-#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
    in which case just append the character E.  */
 
 void
-addext (filename, ext, e)
-     char *filename;
-     char const *ext;
-     int e;
+addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
   char *s = base_name (filename);
   size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);

lib/alloca.c

@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
    your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
 #endif
 
 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -34,39 +34,41 @@
 
 /* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
    there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-#ifndef alloca
+# ifndef alloca
 
-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
    -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
    in order to make unexec workable
    */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
 
 /* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
    provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
 
-#if __STDC__
+#  if __STDC__
 typedef void *pointer;
-#else
+#  else
 typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
-#define	NULL	0
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
 
 /* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
    malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
@@ -78,9 +80,9 @@ typedef char *pointer;
 
    Callers below should use malloc.  */
 
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();
 
 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
@@ -91,18 +93,18 @@ extern pointer malloc ();
    STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
    STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
 
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#endif
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
 
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
 
-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
 
 static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
 
 static void
 find_stack_direction ()
@@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ find_stack_direction ()
     }
 }
 
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
 
 /* An "alloca header" is used to:
    (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
@@ -135,9 +137,9 @@ find_stack_direction ()
    It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
    alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
 
-#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#endif
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
 
 typedef union hdr
 {
@@ -159,26 +161,25 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
    implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
 
 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+alloca (unsigned size)
 {
   auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
   register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
   if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
     find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
+#  endif
 
   /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
 
   {
     register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
     for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
       if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
@@ -195,9 +196,9 @@ alloca (size)
 
     last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
   }
 
   if (size == 0)
@@ -220,15 +221,15 @@ alloca (size)
   }
 }
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
 
-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
 /* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
 struct stack_control_header
   {
@@ -280,7 +281,7 @@ struct stack_segment_linkage
     long sss7;
   };
 
-#else /* CRAY2 */
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
 /* The following structure defines the vector of words
    returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
 struct stk_stat
@@ -333,12 +334,12 @@ struct stk_trailer
     long unknown14;
   };
 
-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
 
-#ifdef CRAY2
+#   ifdef CRAY2
 /* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
 
 static long
 i00afunc (long *address)
@@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ i00afunc (long *address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#else /* not CRAY2 */
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
 /* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
    Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
    given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
@@ -452,9 +453,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
+#    endif
       if (pseg == 0)
 	break;
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
@@ -473,9 +474,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (pseg != 0)
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
+#    endif
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
       ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
       size = ssptr->sssize;
@@ -485,8 +486,8 @@ i00afunc (long address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
 
-#endif /* no alloca */
+# endif /* no alloca */
 #endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,36 +12,86 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
 
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "argmatch.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
 
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE escape_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
 {
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
   size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
   int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
   int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
@@ -49,19 +99,30 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
   arglen = strlen (arg);
 
   /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
     {
-      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
 	{
-	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
 	    /* Exact match found.  */
 	    return i;
 	  else if (matchind == -1)
 	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
 	    matchind = i;
 	  else
-	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	    ambiguous = 1;
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
     }
   if (ambiguous)
@@ -70,16 +131,186 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
     return matchind;
 }
 
+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
 /* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
    VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
    PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
 
 void
-invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
-		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
-		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
+  enum quoting_style saved_quoting_style;
+  char const *format;
+
+  /* Make sure to have a good quoting style to report errors.
+     literal is insane here. */
+  saved_quoting_style = get_quoting_style (NULL);
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE);
+
+  format = (problem == -1
+	    ? _("invalid argument `%s' for `%s'")
+	    : _("ambiguous argument `%s' for `%s'"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg (value), context);
+
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, saved_quoting_style);
 }
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -1,12 +1,129 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
-#else
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
-#endif
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
-void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-extern char *program_name;
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -64,6 +64,12 @@
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
@@ -214,29 +220,49 @@ version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
 
 static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
 };
 
 static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
 {
-  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+  none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
 };
 
-/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
-   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
 
 enum backup_type
-get_version (const char *version)
+get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
 {
-  int i;
-
   if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
     return numbered_existing;
-  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
-  if (i < 0)
-    {
-      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
-      exit (2);
-    }
-  return backup_types[i];
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
 }

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@
    If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
+#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
+# define BACKUPFILE_H_
+
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
 {
@@ -33,7 +36,7 @@ enum backup_type
   numbered
 };
 
-#define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)		\
+# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)	\
   ((Type) == none			\
    || (Type) == simple			\
    || (Type) == numbered_existing	\
@@ -41,15 +44,17 @@ enum backup_type
 
 extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
 
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
 char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
-enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
 void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
+
+#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,30 +1,55 @@
-/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path */
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) 0
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif
 
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
    since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
 
 char *
-base_name (name)
-     char const *name;
+base_name (char const *name)
 {
   char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *p;
 
-  for (; *name; name++)
-    if (ISSLASH (*name))
-      base = name + 1;
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;
 
   return (char *) base;
 }

lib/bumpalloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* BUMP_ALLOC macro - increase table allocation by one element.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1990.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| Bump the allocation of the array pointed to by TABLE whenever required.  |
+| The table already has already COUNT elements in it, this macro ensure it |
+| has enough space to accommodate at least one more element.  Space is	   |
+| allocated (2 ^ EXPONENT) elements at a time.  Each element of the array  |
+| is of type TYPE.							   |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Routines `xmalloc' and `xrealloc' are called to do the actual memory
+   management.  This implies that the program will abort with an `Memory
+   exhausted!' error if any problem arise.
+
+   To work correctly, at least EXPONENT and TYPE should always be the
+   same for all uses of this macro for any given TABLE.  A secure way to
+   achieve this is to never use this macro directly, but use it to define
+   other macros, which would then be TABLE-specific.
+
+   The first time through, COUNT is usually zero.  Note that COUNT is not
+   updated by this macro, but it should be update elsewhere, later.  This
+   is convenient, because it allows TABLE[COUNT] to refer to the new
+   element at the end.  Once its construction is completed, COUNT++ will
+   record it in the table.  Calling this macro several times in a row
+   without updating COUNT is a bad thing to do.  */
+
+#define BUMP_ALLOC(Table, Count, Exponent, Type) \
+  BUMP_ALLOC_WITH_SIZE ((Table), (Count), (Exponent), Type, sizeof (Type))
+
+/* In cases `sizeof TYPE' would not always yield the correct value for
+   the size of each element entry, this macro accepts a supplementary
+   SIZE argument.  The EXPONENT, TYPE and SIZE parameters should still
+   have the same value for all macro calls related to a specific TABLE.  */
+
+#define BUMP_ALLOC_WITH_SIZE(Table, Count, Exponent, Type, Size)	\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      if (((Count) & (~(~0 << (Exponent)))) == 0)			\
+	{								\
+	  if ((Count) == 0)						\
+	    (Table) = (Type *) xmalloc ((1 << (Exponent)) * (Size));	\
+	  else								\
+	    (Table) = (Type *)						\
+	      xrealloc ((Table), ((Count) + (1 << (Exponent))) * (Size)); \
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)

lib/canon-host.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization
 
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
 
@@ -43,11 +43,12 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif
 
+void free ();
+
 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
    buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
 char *
-canon_host (host)
-     char *host;
+canon_host (const char *host)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
   struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
@@ -68,9 +69,23 @@ canon_host (host)
 	}
 
       if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
-	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
-	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
-	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	{
+	  /* gethostbyname has returned a string representation of the IP
+	     address, for example, "127.0.0.1".  So now, look up the host
+	     name via the address.  Although it may seem reasonable to look
+	     up the host name via the address, we must not pass `he->h_addr'
+	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
+	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
+	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
+	  char *h_addr_copy = strdup (he->h_addr);
+	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
+	    he = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	      free (h_addr_copy);
+	    }
+	}
 # endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */
 
       if (he)
@@ -79,3 +94,17 @@ canon_host (host)
 #endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
   return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_CANON_HOST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *s = canon_host (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%s: %s\n", argv[i], (s ? s : "<undef>"));
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CANON_HOST */

lib/chown.c

@@ -27,17 +27,14 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 /* FIXME: describe.  */
 
 int
-rpl_chown (file, uid, gid)
-     const char *file;
-     uid_t uid;
-     gid_t gid;
+rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
   if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
     {

lib/closeout.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* closeout.c - close standard output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 # define _(Text) Text
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
@@ -42,7 +42,28 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
-/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {

lib/diacrit.c

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
+
+   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "diacrit.h"
+
+/* ISO 8859-1 Latin-1 code is used as the underlying character set.  If
+   MSDOS is defined, IBM-PC's character set code is used instead.  */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| For each alphabetic character, returns what it would be without its |
+| possible diacritic symbol.					      |
+`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char diacrit_base[256] =
+{
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      'A',    'B',    'C',    'D',    'E',    'F',    'G',
+  'H',    'I',    'J',    'K',    'L',    'M',    'N',    'O',
+  'P',    'Q',    'R',    'S',    'T',    'U',    'V',    'W',
+  'X',    'Y',    'Z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      'a',    'b',    'c',    'd',    'e',    'f',    'g',
+  'h',    'i',    'j',    'k',    'l',    'm',    'n',    'o',
+  'p',    'q',    'r',    's',    't',    'u',    'v',    'w',
+  'x',    'y',    'z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+
+  'C',    'u',    'e',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
+  'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'A',    'A',
+  'E',    'e',    'E',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'u',    'u',
+  'y',    'O',    'U',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  'a',    'i',    'o',    'u',    'n',    'N',    0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#else /* not MSDOS */
+
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'C',
+  'E',    'E',    'E',    'E',    'I',    'I',    'I',    'I',
+  0,      'N',    'O',    'O',    'O',    'O',    'O',    0,
+  'O',    'U',    'U',    'U',    'U',    'Y',    0,      0,
+  'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
+  'e',    'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'i',
+  0,      'n',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    0,
+  'o',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'y',    0,      'y',
+
+#endif /* not MSDOS */
+};
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| For each alphabetic character, returns a code of what its diacritic is, |
+| according to the following codes: 1 (eE) over aA for latin diphtongs; 2 |
+| (') acute accent; 3 (`) grave accent; 4 (^) circumflex accent; 5 (")	  |
+| umlaut or diaraesis; 6 (~) tilda; 7 (,) cedilla; 8 (o) covering degree  |
+| symbol; 9 (|) slashed character.					  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char diacrit_diac[256] =
+{
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      4,      0,
+  3,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      6,      0,
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+
+  7,      5,      2,      4,      5,      3,      8,      7,
+  4,      5,      3,      5,      4,      3,      5,      8,
+  2,      1,      1,      4,      5,      3,      4,      3,
+  5,      5,      5,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  2,      2,      2,      2,      6,      6,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#else /* not MSDOS */
+
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      8,      1,      7,
+  3,      2,      4,      5,      3,      2,      4,      5,
+  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
+  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
+  3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      8,      1,      7,
+  3,      2,      4,      5,      3,      2,      4,      5,
+  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
+  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
+
+#endif /* not MSDOS */
+};

lib/diacrit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
+
+   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
+*/
+
+extern const char diacrit_base[]; /* characters without diacritics */
+extern const char diacrit_diac[]; /* diacritic code for each character */
+
+/* Returns CHAR without its diacritic.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
+#define tobase(Char) (diacrit_base[(unsigned char) (Char)])
+
+/* Returns a diacritic code for CHAR.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
+#define todiac(Char) (diacrit_diac[(unsigned char) (Char)])
+

lib/dirname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,32 +15,33 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strrchr
-#define strrchr rindex
-#endif
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strrchr
+#  define strrchr rindex
+# endif
 #endif
 
+#include "dirname.h"
+
 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
    allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
    Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
    removed.  */
 
 char *
-dirname (path)
-     char *path;
+dir_name (const char *path)
 {
   char *newpath;
   char *slash;

lib/dirname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *
+dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/error.c

@@ -1,23 +1,27 @@
-/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -43,13 +47,12 @@
 void exit ();
 #endif
 
+#include "error.h"
+
 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
 #endif
 
-/* Get prototypes for the functions defined here.  */
-#include <error.h>
-
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
@@ -68,17 +71,25 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
 
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
-# if HAVE_STRERROR
-#  ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-#  endif
+# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
 # else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
 static char *
 private_strerror (errnum)
      int errnum;
@@ -87,12 +98,12 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
   extern int sys_nerr;
 
   if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return sys_errlist[errnum];
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
   return _("Unknown system error");
 }
-#  define strerror private_strerror
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
-
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
@@ -102,7 +113,7 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 /* VARARGS */
 
 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
 #else
 error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
@@ -138,7 +149,17 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
@@ -150,7 +171,7 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 int error_one_per_line;
 
 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
 #else
@@ -206,9 +227,24 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
     exit (status);
 }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif

lib/error.h

@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
-/* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -12,26 +16,31 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
-#ifndef ERROR_H_
-# define ERROR_H_
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
 
-# ifndef __attribute__
+#ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
    are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#   define __format__ format
-#   define __printf__ printf
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
 # endif
+#endif
 
-# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 
 /* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
    if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
@@ -49,11 +58,11 @@ extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
    function without parameters instead.  */
 extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
 
-# else
+#else
 void error ();
 void error_at_line ();
 extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
 extern unsigned int error_message_count;
@@ -62,4 +71,8 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
    variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;
 
-#endif /* not ERROR_H_ */
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

lib/euidaccess.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
    Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ static gid_t egid;
 /* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
 static int have_ids = 0;
 
-# ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+# if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 int group_member ();
 # else
 #  define group_member(gid)	0
@@ -127,9 +127,7 @@ int group_member ();
    filesystem, text busy, etc. */
 
 int
-euidaccess (path, mode)
-     const char *path;
-     int mode;
+euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
 {
   struct stat stats;
   int granted;

lib/fileblocks.c

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by Brian L. Matthews, blm@6sceng.UUCP. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -34,6 +34,11 @@
 # endif
 
 # ifndef NINDIR
+
+#  if defined (__DJGPP__)
+typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
+#  endif
+
 /* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack this.  Hope it's correct. */
 /* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
 #  define NINDIR (BSIZE / sizeof (daddr_t))
@@ -45,8 +50,7 @@
 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */
 
 off_t
-st_blocks (size)
-     off_t size;
+st_blocks (off_t size)
 {
   off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
   off_t indrblks = 0;

lib/filemode.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,13 +15,15 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
+#include "filemode.h"
+
 #if !S_IRUSR
 # if S_IREAD
 #  define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
@@ -47,51 +49,181 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISBLK
-#undef S_ISCHR
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#undef S_ISFIFO
-#undef S_ISLNK
-#undef S_ISMPB
-#undef S_ISMPC
-#undef S_ISNWK
-#undef S_ISREG
-#undef S_ISSOCK
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
 #endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
 
 #if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
-#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
-#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
-#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
-#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
-#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
-#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
-#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
-#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
-#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDOOR) && defined(S_IFDOOR) /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
 #endif
 
-void mode_string ();
-static char ftypelet ();
-static void rwx ();
-static void setst ();
+/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
+   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
+
+static void
+rwx (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
+{
+  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
+  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
+  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
+}
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS.  */
+
+static void
+setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'M' for an off-line (regular) file
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   '-' for regular files
+   '?' for any other file type.  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (long int bits)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+#endif
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISMPC
+  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
+    return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISNWK
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif
+
+  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
+     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
+     `st_dm_mode' that is different from the normal `st_mode', so any
+     tests for migrated files should use the former.  */
+
+#ifdef S_ISOFD
+  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
+    /* off line, with data  */
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISOFL
+  /* off line, with no data  */
+  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
+   is given as an argument.  */
+
+void
+mode_string (short unsigned int mode, char *str)
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
+  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
+  setst (mode, str);
+}
 
 /* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
    representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
@@ -130,137 +262,7 @@ static void setst ();
 	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.  */
 
 void
-filemodestring (statp, str)
-     struct stat *statp;
-     char *str;
+filemodestring (struct stat *statp, char *str)
 {
   mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
 }
-
-/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
-   is given as an argument.  */
-
-void
-mode_string (mode, str)
-     unsigned short mode;
-     char *str;
-{
-  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
-  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
-  setst (mode, str);
-}
-
-/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
-   file mode BITS:
-   'd' for directories
-   'b' for block special files
-   'c' for character special files
-   'm' for multiplexor files
-   'l' for symbolic links
-   's' for sockets
-   'p' for fifos
-   '-' for regular files
-   '?' for any other file type.  */
-
-static char
-ftypelet (bits)
-     long bits;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
-  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
-    return 'b';
-#endif
-  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
-    return 'c';
-  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
-    return 'd';
-  if (S_ISREG (bits))
-    return '-';
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
-  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
-    return 'p';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
-  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
-    return 'l';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISSOCK
-  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
-    return 's';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISMPC
-  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
-    return 'm';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISNWK
-  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
-    return 'n';
-#endif
-
-#ifdef S_ISOFD
-  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
-  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
-    return 'M';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISOFL
-  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
-  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
-    return 'M';
-#endif
-  return '?';
-}
-
-/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
-   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
-
-static void
-rwx (bits, chars)
-     unsigned short bits;
-     char *chars;
-{
-  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
-  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
-  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
-}
-
-/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
-   according to the file mode BITS.  */
-
-static void
-setst (bits, chars)
-     unsigned short bits;
-     char *chars;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISUID
-  if (bits & S_ISUID)
-    {
-      if (chars[3] != 'x')
-	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
-	chars[3] = 'S';
-      else
-	chars[3] = 's';
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISGID
-  if (bits & S_ISGID)
-    {
-      if (chars[6] != 'x')
-	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
-	chars[6] = 'S';
-      else
-	chars[6] = 's';
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISVTX
-  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
-    {
-      if (chars[9] != 'x')
-	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
-	chars[9] = 'T';
-      else
-	chars[9] = 't';
-    }
-#endif
-}

lib/filemode.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+void mode_string PARAMS ((short unsigned int mode, char *str));

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,37 +1,52 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+  Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || !defined (isascii)
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
-#else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
 
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+#  define ISASCII(c) 1
+# else
+#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+
+# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+
 
 # ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
@@ -40,16 +55,13 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
 int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 {
   register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -71,6 +83,9 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
 	    {
 	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == '\0')
+		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	      c = FOLD (c);
 	    }
 	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
@@ -82,10 +97,24 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
-	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
-		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      else if (c == '?')
+		{
+		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+		  if (*n == '\0')
+		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else
+		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		       less than three characters.  */
+		    ++n;
+		}
+	    }
 
 	  if (c == '\0')
 	    return 0;
@@ -122,7 +151,11 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
 
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  }
 
 		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
 
@@ -169,8 +202,12 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
 		c = *p++;
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		  ++p;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		    ++p;
+		  }
 	      }
 	    if (not)
 	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
@@ -196,3 +233,5 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
 # undef FOLD
 }
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/fsusage.c

@@ -26,6 +26,13 @@
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include "fsusage.h"
 
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
 int statfs ();
 
 #if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
@@ -68,9 +75,22 @@ int statvfs ();
 /* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
    not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
    a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if the argument is all 1 bits,
-   even if the argument is unsigned and smaller than unitmax_t.  */
+   even if the argument is unsigned and smaller than uintmax_t.  */
 #define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) ((x) == -1 ? (uintmax_t) -1 : (uintmax_t) (x))
 
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+			    & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
 int safe_read ();
 
 /* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
@@ -81,10 +101,7 @@ int safe_read ();
    ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
    on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
-get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
-     const char *path;
-     const char *disk;
-     struct fs_usage *fsp;
+get_fs_usage (const char *path, const char *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 {
 #ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
 
@@ -107,7 +124,8 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 1024;
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.btot);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen) != 0;
   fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gtot);
   fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gfree);
 
@@ -141,7 +159,8 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512);
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_fsize);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree) != 0;
   fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize == -1
 		    ? (uintmax_t) -1
 		    : (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1));
@@ -226,7 +245,8 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
   fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
   fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);
 
@@ -239,9 +259,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 /* AIX PS/2 does not supply statfs.  */
 
 int
-statfs (path, fsb)
-     char *path;
-     struct statfs *fsb;
+statfs (char *path, struct statfs *fsb)
 {
   struct stat stats;
   struct dustat fsd;

lib/fsusage.h

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ struct fs_usage
   uintmax_t fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
   uintmax_t fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
   uintmax_t fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  int fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;	/* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
   uintmax_t fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
   uintmax_t fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
 };

lib/ftruncate.c

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /* ftruncate emulations that work on some System V's.
    This file is in the public domain.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -11,28 +11,24 @@
 #ifdef F_CHSIZE
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   return fcntl (fd, F_CHSIZE, length);
 }
 
 #else /* not F_CHSIZE */
-#ifdef F_FREESP
+# ifdef F_FREESP
 
 /* By William Kucharski <kucharsk@netcom.com>.  */
 
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#  endif
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   struct flock fl;
   struct stat filebuf;
@@ -71,33 +67,29 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
-#ifdef HAVE_CHSIZE
+# else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
+#  if HAVE_CHSIZE
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   return chsize (fd, length);
 }
 
-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
+#  else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
 
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
+#   include <errno.h>
+#   ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-#endif
+#   endif
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   errno = EIO;
   return -1;
 }
 
-#endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
-#endif /* not F_FREESP */
+#  endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
+# endif /* not F_FREESP */
 #endif /* not F_CHSIZE */

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,10 +37,7 @@ extern int errno;
    Return LEN upon success, write's (negative) error code otherwise.  */
 
 int
-full_write (desc, ptr, len)
-     int desc;
-     char *ptr;
-     size_t len;
+full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
 {
   int total_written;
 

lib/getdate.h

@@ -14,28 +14,28 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef PARAMS
 # if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
 # else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#if defined (vms)
+#ifdef vms
 # include <types.h>
 # include <time.h>
 #else
 # include <sys/types.h>
-# ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
 #  include <sys/time.h>
 #  include <time.h>
 # else
-#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
 #   include <sys/time.h>
 #  else
 #   include <time.h>

lib/getdate.y

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -53,6 +53,14 @@
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
 
+#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif
+
 /* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
    That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
    to redefine it here.  */
@@ -471,7 +479,7 @@ static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
     { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
     { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
     { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 /* Time units table. */
@@ -486,7 +494,7 @@ static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
     { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
     { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
     { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 /* Assorted relative-time words. */
@@ -511,7 +519,7 @@ static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
     { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
     { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
     { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 /* The timezone table. */
@@ -596,7 +604,7 @@ static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
     { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
     { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
     { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
-    {  NULL  }
+    {  NULL, 0, 0  }
 };
 
 /* Military timezone table. */
@@ -626,7 +634,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
     { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
     { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
     { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 
@@ -635,7 +643,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
 yyerror (s)
-     char *s;
+     char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
 {
   return 0;
 }
@@ -869,8 +877,7 @@ yylex ()
 
 /* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
 static long
-difftm (a, b)
-     struct tm *a, *b;
+difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
 {
   int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
   int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
@@ -898,12 +905,15 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
   yyInput = p;
   Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
   tmp = localtime (&Start);
+  if (!tmp)
+    return -1;
   yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
   yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
   yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
   yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
   yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
   yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
+  tm.tm_isdst = tmp->tm_isdst;
   yyMeridian = MER24;
   yyRelSeconds = 0;
   yyRelMinutes = 0;
@@ -939,7 +949,6 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
   tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
   tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
   tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
   tm0 = tm;
 
   Start = mktime (&tm);
@@ -986,7 +995,11 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
 
   if (yyHaveZone)
     {
-      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
+      long delta;
+      struct tm *gmt = gmtime (&Start);
+      if (!gmt)
+	return -1;
+      delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmt);
       if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
 	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
       Start += delta;

lib/getgroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,14 +25,11 @@ char *xmalloc ();
 
 /* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
    On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
-   process is returned.
-   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
-   provided function handle all others.  */
+   process.  This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others. */
 
 int
-getgroups (n, group)
-     size_t n;
-     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+getgroups (size_t n, GETGROUPS_T *group)
 {
   int n_groups;
   GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;

lib/getline.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline
 
-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -34,10 +34,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM
 
 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
   return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
 }
@@ -64,12 +61,7 @@ char *malloc (), *realloc ();
    null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
 
 int
-getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
-     char terminator;
-     size_t offset;
+getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, char terminator, size_t offset)
 {
   int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
   char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
@@ -138,20 +130,13 @@ getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
 }
 
 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
   return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
 }
 
 int
-getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     int delimiter;
-     FILE *stream;
+getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *stream)
 {
   return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
 }

lib/getloadavg.c

@@ -98,8 +98,14 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */
+#endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
 
 /* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
    LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
@@ -638,8 +644,11 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
   if (count <= 0)
     return -1;
 
+  /* The following sscanf must use the C locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
   count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
 		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "");
   if (count < 1)
     return -1;
 

lib/getopt.c

@@ -1,47 +1,42 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
    NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
    before changing it!
 
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
 #ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -55,11 +50,11 @@ USA.  */
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
@@ -70,32 +65,26 @@ USA.  */
 #ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
    contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */
 
 #ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
-/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
    When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -205,14 +194,22 @@ static char *posixly_correct;
    because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
    On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
    in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
 #else
 
+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
 /* Avoid depending on library functions or files
    whose names are inconsistent.  */
 
-char *getenv ();
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
 
 static char *
 my_index (str, chr)
@@ -233,11 +230,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
    That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
 /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
    and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
 extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ */
 
 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
@@ -264,8 +261,6 @@ static int nonoption_flags_len;
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;
 
-extern pid_t __libc_pid;
-
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
    is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
    to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
@@ -278,7 +273,9 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
   original_argc = argc;
   original_argv = argv;
 }
+# ifdef text_set_element
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */
 
 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
   if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
@@ -300,7 +297,7 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
    `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
    the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void exchange (char **);
 #endif
 
@@ -331,9 +328,9 @@ exchange (argv)
 	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
       else
 	{
-	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
-		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
 	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
 	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
 	}
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 
 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
@@ -442,11 +439,8 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
 	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
 		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
 	      else
-		{
-		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
-		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
-			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-		}
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
 	    }
 	}
       nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
@@ -538,11 +532,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
      is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif
 
   if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
@@ -701,16 +695,18 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      else
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,28 +1,27 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -59,6 +58,7 @@ extern int opterr;
 
 extern int optopt;
 
+#ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
    The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
    of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ extern int optopt;
 
 struct option
 {
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
   const char *name;
-#else
+# else
   char *name;
-#endif
+# endif
   /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
      type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
   int has_arg;
@@ -96,40 +96,74 @@ struct option
 
 /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
 
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
    differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
    errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
 
 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long ();
 extern int getopt_long_only ();
 
 extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
 #endif /* __STDC__ */
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
 #endif
 
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,25 +1,22 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -27,7 +24,7 @@ USA.  */
 
 #include "getopt.h"
 
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
 #ifndef const
@@ -46,7 +43,7 @@ USA.  */
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
 #include <gnu-versions.h>
 #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #define ELIDE_CODE

lib/getugroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,34 +41,53 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for
-   the current process. */
+/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.
+   Always return the number of groups of which USERNAME is a member.  */
 
 int
-getugroups (maxcount, grouplist, username)
-     int maxcount;
-     GETGROUPS_T *grouplist;
-     char *username;
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
 {
   struct group *grp;
   register char **cp;
   register int count = 0;
 
+  if (gid != -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+	grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
   setgrent ();
   while ((grp = getgrent ()) != 0)
     for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
       if (!strcmp (username, *cp))
 	{
-	  if (maxcount != 0)
+	  int n;
+
+	  /* See if this group number is already on the list.  */
+	  for (n = 0; n < count; ++n)
+	    if (grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
+	      break;
+
+	  /* If it's a new group number, then try to add it to the list.  */
+	  if (n == count)
 	    {
-	      if (count >= maxcount)
+	      if (maxcount != 0)
 		{
-		  endgrent ();
-		  return count;
+		  if (count >= maxcount)
+		    {
+		      endgrent ();
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		  grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
 		}
-	      grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
+	      count++;
 	    }
-	  count++;
 	}
   endgrent ();
   return count;

lib/getversion.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
    Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
 
 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     char *version;
+get_version (const char *version)
 {
   int i;
 

lib/group-member.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
-   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ struct group_info
     GETGROUPS_T *group;
   };
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+#if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 
 static void
 free_group_info (struct group_info *g)

lib/hash.h

@@ -1,193 +1,120 @@
-#ifndef HASH_H
-# define HASH_H 1
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
 
-# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
+#endif
 
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <assert.h>
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
 
-# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
-void free ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
-char *malloc ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# define USE_OBSTACK
-# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
-#  include "obstack.h"
-# endif
-
-# define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
-# define obstack_chunk_free free
-
-struct hash_ent
+struct hash_entry
   {
-    void *key;
-    struct hash_ent *next;
-  };
-typedef struct hash_ent HASH_ENT;
-
-/* This is particularly useful to cast uses in hash_initialize of the
-   system free function.  */
-typedef void (*Hash_key_freer_type) PARAMS((void *key));
-
-struct HT
-  {
-    /* User-supplied function for freeing keys.  It is specified in
-       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and
-       hash_clear.  You should specify `free' here only if you want
-       these functions to free all of your `key' data.  This is typically
-       the case when your key is simply an auxilliary struct that you
-       have malloc'd to aggregate several values.   */
-    Hash_key_freer_type hash_key_freer;
-
-    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry E to an integer
-       in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
-    unsigned int (*hash_hash) PARAMS((const void *e, unsigned int table_size));
-
-    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is
-       unique by comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the
-       same bucket index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries
-       that compare equal, non-zero otherwise.  */
-
-    int (*hash_key_comparator) PARAMS((const void *, const void *));
-
-    HASH_ENT **hash_table;
-    unsigned int hash_table_size;
-    unsigned int hash_n_slots_used;
-    unsigned int hash_max_chain_length;
-
-    /* Gets set when an entry is deleted from a chain of length
-       hash_max_chain_length.  Indicates that hash_max_chain_length
-       may no longer be valid.  */
-    unsigned int hash_dirty_max_chain_length;
-
-    /* Sum of lengths of all chains (not counting any dummy
-       header entries).  */
-    unsigned int hash_n_keys;
-
-    /* A linked list of freed HASH_ENT structs.
-       FIXME: Perhaps this is unnecessary and we should simply free
-       and reallocate such structs.  */
-    HASH_ENT *hash_free_entry_list;
-
-    /* FIXME: comment.  */
-# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
-    struct obstack ht_obstack;
-# endif
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
   };
 
-typedef struct HT HT;
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_n_slots_used PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_max_chain_length PARAMS((HT *ht));
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
 
-int
-  hash_rehash PARAMS((HT *ht, unsigned int new_table_size));
+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_table_size PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
 
-HT *
-  hash_initialize PARAMS((unsigned int table_size,
-			  void (*key_freer) PARAMS((void *key)),
-			  unsigned int (*hash) PARAMS((const void *,
-						       unsigned int)),
-			  int (*equality_tester) PARAMS((const void *,
-							 const void *))));
+    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_n_keys PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
 
-int
-  hash_query_in_table PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
 
-void *
-  hash_lookup PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
 
-void *
-  hash_insert_if_absent PARAMS((HT *ht,
-				const void *e,
-				int *failed));
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
 
-void *
-  hash_delete_if_present PARAMS((HT *ht, const void *e));
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
 
-void
-  hash_print_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, FILE *stream));
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 
-int
-  hash_get_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, unsigned int *n_slots_used,
-			      unsigned int *n_keys,
-			      unsigned int *max_chain_length));
-
-int
-  hash_table_ok PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_do_for_each PARAMS((HT *ht,
-			   void (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
-			   void *aux));
-
-int
-  hash_do_for_each_2 PARAMS((HT *ht,
-			     int (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
-			     void *aux));
-
-int
-  hash_do_for_each_in_selected_bucket PARAMS((HT *ht,
-					      const void *key,
-				      int (*f) PARAMS((const void *bucket_key,
-						       void *e,
-						       void *aux)),
-					      void *aux));
-
-void
-  hash_clear PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_free PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_get_key_list PARAMS((const HT *ht,
-			    unsigned int bufsize,
-			    void **buf));
-
-void *
-  hash_get_first PARAMS((const HT *ht));
-
-void *
-  hash_get_next PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
-
-/* This interface to hash_insert_if_absent is used frequently enough to
-   merit a macro here.  */
-
-# define HASH_INSERT_NEW_ITEM(Ht, Item, Failp)				\
-  do									\
-    {									\
-      void *_already;							\
-      _already = hash_insert_if_absent ((Ht), (Item), Failp);		\
-      assert (_already == NULL);					\
-    }									\
-  while (0)
-
-#endif /* HASH_H */
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));

lib/human.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,9 +16,12 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
-   --si and large file support added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
+   --si, output block size selection, and large file support
+   added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
 
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
 # include <inttypes.h>
@@ -34,6 +37,24 @@
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
 # define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <xstrtoul.h>
 
 #include "human.h"
 
@@ -52,25 +73,32 @@ static const char suffixes[] =
 
 /* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
 
-   N is expressed in units of FROM_UNITS; use units of TO_UNITS in the
-   output number.  FROM_UNITS and TO_UNITS must be positive, and one must
-   be a multiple of the other.
+   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
+   be positive.
 
-   If BASE is nonzero, use a format like "127k" if possible,
-   using powers of BASE; otherwise, use ordinary decimal format.
-   Normally BASE is either 1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.
-   Most people visually process strings of 3-4 digits effectively,
-   but longer strings of digits are more prone to misinterpretation.
-   Hence, converting to an abbreviated form usually improves readability.
-   Use a suffix indicating which power is being used.
-   For example, assuming BASE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is positive, use units of OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in
+   the output number.  OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be a multiple of
+   FROM_BLOCK_SIZE or vice versa.
+
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127k" if
+   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
+   ordinary decimal format.  Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
+   1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.  Most people visually process
+   strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
+   more prone to misinterpretation.  Hence, converting to an
+   abbreviated form usually improves readability.  Use a suffix
+   indicating which power is being used.  For example, assuming
+   -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
    133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
-   than BASE aren't modified.  */
+   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  */
 
 char *
-human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
 {
   uintmax_t amt;
+  int base;
+  int to_block_size;
   int tenths;
   int power;
   char *p;
@@ -81,6 +109,17 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
      3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
   int rounding;
 
+  if (output_block_size < 0)
+    {
+      base = -output_block_size;
+      to_block_size = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      base = 0;
+      to_block_size = output_block_size;
+    }
+
   p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
   *p = '\0';
 
@@ -89,11 +128,11 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
   power = 0;
 #endif
 
-  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_UNITS units and into TO_UNITS units.  */
+  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */
 
-  if (to_units <= from_units)
+  if (to_block_size <= from_block_size)
     {
-      int multiplier = from_units / to_units;
+      int multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size;
       amt = n * multiplier;
       tenths = rounding = 0;
 
@@ -119,7 +158,7 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
 		  e *= base;
 		  power++;
 		}
-	      while (e * base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+	      while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
 
 	      damt /= e;
 
@@ -133,7 +172,7 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
     }
   else
     {
-      int divisor = to_units / from_units;
+      int divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size;
       int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
       int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
       amt = n / divisor;
@@ -201,3 +240,47 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
 
   return p;
 }
+
+
+/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
+   the future as disks get larger.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
+# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
+static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
+
+static strtol_error
+humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
+    *block_size = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
+  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
+    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
+  else
+    {
+      char *ptr;
+      unsigned long val;
+      strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
+      if (e != LONGINT_OK)
+	return e;
+      if (*ptr)
+	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+      if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
+	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+      *block_size = (int) val;
+    }
+
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+void
+human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
+{
+  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
+  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
+    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
+}

lib/human.h

@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int, int));
+char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
+
+void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
 
 #endif /* HUMAN_H_ */

lib/idcache.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -44,6 +45,10 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+static char digits[] = "0123456789";
+#endif
+
 struct userid
 {
   union
@@ -55,23 +60,15 @@ struct userid
   struct userid *next;
 };
 
-/* The members of this list have already been looked up.
-   If a name is NULL, the corresponding id is not in the password file.  */
 static struct userid *user_alist;
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-/* The members of this list are names not in the local passwd file;
-   their names are always not NULL, and their ids are irrelevant.  */
+/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
 static struct userid *nouser_alist;
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
 
-/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache.
-   If UID cannot be resolved, return NULL.
-   Cache lookup failures, too.  */
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
 
 char *
-getuser (uid)
-     uid_t uid;
+getuser (uid_t uid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
@@ -83,31 +80,28 @@ getuser (uid)
   pwent = getpwuid (uid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.u = uid;
-  tail->name = (pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL);
+  tail->name = pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL;
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = user_alist;
   user_alist = tail;
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such user.
    (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 uid_t *
-getuidbyname (user)
-     const char *user;
+getuidbyname (const char *user)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
 
   for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
       return &tail->id.u;
 
   for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -116,11 +110,20 @@ getuidbyname (user)
       return 0;
 
   pwent = getpwnam (user);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to be the user USER, to make
+     pwd functions know about an arbitrary user name.  */
+  if (!pwent && strspn (user, digits) < strlen (user))
+    {
+      setenv ("USER", user, 1);
+      pwent = getpwnam (user);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
 
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (user);
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   if (pwent)
     {
       tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
@@ -134,20 +137,14 @@ getuidbyname (user)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
-
 /* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
 static struct userid *group_alist;
-#ifdef NOT_USED
 static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
-#endif
 
-/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache.
-   Return NULL if the group has no name.  */
+/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
 
 char *
-getgroup (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+getgroup (gid_t gid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
@@ -159,7 +156,7 @@ getgroup (gid)
   grent = getgrgid (gid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.g = gid;
-  tail->name = (grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL);
+  tail->name = grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL;
 
   /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = group_alist;
@@ -167,23 +164,20 @@ getgroup (gid)
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such group.
    (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 gid_t *
-getgidbyname (group)
-     const char *group;
+getgidbyname (const char *group)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
 
   for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
       return &tail->id.g;
 
   for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -192,6 +186,15 @@ getgidbyname (group)
       return 0;
 
   grent = getgrnam (group);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to belong to group GROUP, to make
+     grp functions know about any arbitrary group name.  */
+  if (!grent && strspn (group, digits) < strlen (group))
+    {
+      setenv ("GROUP", group, 1);
+      grent = getgrnam (group);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
 
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (group);
@@ -209,5 +212,3 @@ getgidbyname (group)
   nogroup_alist = tail;
   return 0;
 }
-
-#endif /* NOT_USED */

lib/isdir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* isdir.c -- determine whether a directory exists
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,27 +15,26 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
 
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(Mode) (((Mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* If PATH is an existing directory or symbolic link to a directory,
    return nonzero, else 0.  */
 
 int
-isdir (path)
-     char *path;
+isdir (const char *path)
 {
   struct stat stats;
 

lib/lchown.c

@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby lstat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The lstat from SunOS4.1.4
-   has this bug.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,30 +19,31 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
-/* Disable the definition of lstat to rpl_lstat (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_lstat on
-   most systems.  */
-#undef lstat
-
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+#include "lchown.h"
 
-/* FIXME: describe.  */
+/* Declare chown to avoid a warning.  Don't include unistd.h,
+   because it may have a conflicting prototype for lchown.  */
+int chown ();
+
+/* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */
 
 int
-rpl_lstat (file, sbuf)
-     const char *file;
-     struct stat *sbuf;
+lchown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
-  if (file && *file == 0)
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &stats) == 0 && S_ISLNK (stats.st_mode))
     {
-      errno = EINVAL;
+      errno = ENOSYS;
       return -1;
     }
 
-  return lstat (file, sbuf);
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
 }

lib/lchown.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS.  */
+#ifndef ENOSYS
+# ifdef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
+# else
+/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
+#  define ENOSYS ENOMSG
+# endif
+#endif

lib/linebuffer.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,11 +12,15 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Richard Stallman. */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "linebuffer.h"
 
@@ -27,8 +31,7 @@ void free ();
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
 
 void
-initbuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
   linebuffer->length = 0;
   linebuffer->size = 200;
@@ -37,19 +40,18 @@ initbuffer (linebuffer)
 
 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
    Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
-   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
+   Return zero upon error or upon end of file.
+   Otherwise, return LINEBUFFER.  */
 
 struct linebuffer *
-readline (linebuffer, stream)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
-     FILE *stream;
+readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
 {
   int c;
   char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
   char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
   char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */
 
-  if (feof (stream))
+  if (feof (stream) || ferror (stream))
     {
       linebuffer->length = 0;
       return 0;
@@ -83,8 +85,7 @@ readline (linebuffer, stream)
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
 
 void
-freebuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+freebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
   free (linebuffer->buffer);
   free (linebuffer);

lib/long-options.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -25,6 +25,14 @@
 #include <getopt.h>
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
 
 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
@@ -37,13 +45,13 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
    Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */
 
 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+		    char **argv,
+		    const char *command_name,
+		    const char *package,
+		    const char *version,
+		    const char *authors,
+		    void (*usage_func)())
 {
   int c;
   int saved_opterr;
@@ -59,10 +67,10 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
       switch (c)
 	{
 	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
+	  (*usage_func) (0);
 
 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
 	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
 			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);

lib/long-options.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,7 +26,10 @@
 #endif
 
 void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc,
+			      char **_argv,
 			      const char *_command_name,
 			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
+			      const char *_version,
+			      const char *_authors,
+			      void (*_usage) (int)));

lib/makepath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -81,6 +81,17 @@ extern int errno;
 
 #define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
@@ -99,9 +110,9 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 	 Restore working directory.  */			\
       if (do_chdir)					\
 	{						\
-	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  int _fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
 	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
-	  if (fail)					\
+	  if (_fail)					\
 	    return 1;					\
 	}						\
     }							\
@@ -115,6 +126,56 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
     }							\
   while (0)
 
+/* Attempt to create directory DIR (aka DIRPATH) with the specified MODE.
+   If CREATED_DIR_P is non-NULL, set *CREATED_DIR_P to non-zero if this
+   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
+   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
+   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
+   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+
+static int
+make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
+{
+  int fail = 0;
+  int created_dir;
+
+  created_dir = (mkdir (dir, mode) == 0);
+
+  if (!created_dir)
+    {
+      struct stat stats;
+
+      /* The mkdir and stat calls below may appear to be reversed.
+	 They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	 call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	 The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	 then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	 were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	 would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
+      if (stat (dir, &stats))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot create directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* DIR (aka DIRPATH) already exists and is a directory. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (created_dir_p)
+    *created_dir_p = created_dir;
+
+  return fail;
+}
+
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
    Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
 
@@ -203,7 +264,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       while (1)
 	{
-	  int newly_created_dir = 1;
+	  int newly_created_dir;
+	  int fail;
 
 	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
 	  basename_dir = slash;
@@ -218,25 +280,11 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	    basename_dir = dirpath;
 
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
+	  fail = make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, tmp_mode, &newly_created_dir);
+	  if (fail)
 	    {
-	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
-		{
-		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
-		  newly_created_dir = 0;
-		}
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
 	    }
 
 	  if (newly_created_dir)
@@ -272,7 +320,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"), dirpath);
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -291,12 +339,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */
 
-      /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
-	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
-
-      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
+      if (make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, mode, NULL))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
 	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -315,13 +359,13 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chown %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
 	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chmod %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -349,7 +393,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
 	  return 1;
 	}
 

lib/malloc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ char *malloc ();
    If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
 
 char *
-rpl_malloc (n)
-     size_t n;
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
 {
   if (n == 0)
     n = 1;

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
@@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
 __inline
 # endif
 static int
-memcmp_bytes (a, b)
-     op_t a, b;
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
 {
   long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
   long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
@@ -132,10 +131,7 @@ static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
   op_t a0, a1;
   op_t b0, b1;
@@ -222,10 +218,7 @@ static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
   op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
   op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
@@ -325,10 +318,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 }
 
 int
-memcmp (s1, s2, len)
-     const __ptr_t s1;
-     const __ptr_t s2;
-     size_t len;
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
 {
   op_t a0;
   op_t b0;

lib/memset.c

@@ -16,10 +16,7 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 char *
-memset (str, c, len)
-     char *str;
-     int c;
-     unsigned len;
+memset (char *str, int c, unsigned int len)
 {
   register char *st = str;
 

lib/mkdir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,11 +48,10 @@ extern int errno;
    subroutine didn't return EEXIST.  It does now.  */
 
 int
-mkdir (dpath, dmode)
-     char *dpath;
-     int dmode;
+mkdir (const char *dpath, int dmode)
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  int status;
   struct stat statbuf;
 
   if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
@@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ mkdir (dpath, dmode)
       while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{
 	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
 	  errno = EIO;

lib/mktime.c

@@ -1,23 +1,22 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
    Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
    mktime.  */
@@ -27,14 +26,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
-#ifndef _REENTRANT
-# define _REENTRANT 1
-#endif
-
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
-# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
 # define STDC_HEADERS 1
 #endif
 
@@ -62,7 +55,7 @@
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
 #ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #  define __P(args) args
 # else
 #  define __P(args) ()
@@ -79,7 +72,7 @@
    It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
 #define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
 			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
-#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
 
 #ifndef INT_MIN
 # define INT_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (int)
@@ -114,26 +107,15 @@ const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
     { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
   };
 
-static struct tm *ranged_convert __P ((struct tm *(*) __P ((const time_t *,
-							    struct tm *)),
-				       time_t *, struct tm *));
-static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
-time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
-			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
-			       time_t *));
-
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
-# define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define my_mktime_localtime_r __localtime_r
 #else
-# if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined localtime_r
-/* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#  define localtime_r my_mktime_localtime_r
-static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+/* If we're a mktime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer
+   localtime to localtime_r, since many localtime_r implementations
+   are buggy.  */
 static struct tm *
-localtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_mktime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
   struct tm *l = localtime (t);
   if (! l)
@@ -141,7 +123,6 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   *tp = *l;
   return tp;
 }
-# endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */
 #endif /* ! _LIBC */
 
 
@@ -152,9 +133,8 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
    If TP is null, return a nonzero value.
    If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer.  */
 static time_t
-ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
-     int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
-     const struct tm *tp;
+ydhms_tm_diff (int year, int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
+	       const struct tm *tp)
 {
   if (!tp)
     return 1;
@@ -181,32 +161,12 @@ ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
     }
 }
 
-
-static time_t localtime_offset;
-
-/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
-time_t
-mktime (tp)
-     struct tm *tp;
-{
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
-     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
-     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
-  __tzset ();
-#endif
-
-  return __mktime_internal (tp, localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
-}
-
 /* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
    If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
    it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.  */
 static struct tm *
-ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+ranged_convert (struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
   struct tm *r;
 
@@ -253,19 +213,18 @@ ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
    compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
    If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.  */
 time_t
-__mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
-     struct tm *tp;
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *offset;
+__mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+		   struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		   time_t *offset)
 {
-  time_t t, dt, t0;
+  time_t t, dt, t0, t1, t2;
   struct tm tm;
 
   /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
      to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
-     and leap seconds.  POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
-     have them anyway.  */
-  int remaining_probes = 4;
+     leap seconds, and oscillations around a spring-forward gap.
+     POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 6;
 
   /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
      occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
@@ -311,36 +270,52 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
   tm.tm_yday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
   t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);
 
-  for (t = t0 + *offset;
+  for (t = t1 = t2 = t0 + *offset;
        (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
 			    ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm)));
-       t += dt)
-    if (--remaining_probes == 0)
+       t1 = t2, t2 = t, t += dt)
+    if (t == t1 && t != t2
+	&& (isdst < 0 || tm.tm_isdst < 0
+	    || (isdst != 0) != (tm.tm_isdst != 0)))
+      /* We can't possibly find a match, as we are oscillating
+	 between two values.  The requested time probably falls
+	 within a spring-forward gap of size DT.  Follow the common
+	 practice in this case, which is to return a time that is DT
+	 away from the requested time, preferring a time whose
+	 tm_isdst differs from the requested value.  In practice,
+	 this is more useful than returning -1.  */
+      break;
+    else if (--remaining_probes == 0)
       return -1;
 
-  /* Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested value, if any.  */
-  if (0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+  /* If we have a match, check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
+     value, if any.  */
+  if (dt == 0 && isdst != tm.tm_isdst && 0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
     {
-      int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
-      if (dst_diff)
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+	 time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+	 Heuristic: probe the previous three calendar quarters (approximately),
+	 looking for the desired isdst.  This isn't perfect,
+	 but it's good enough in practice.  */
+      int quarter = 7889238; /* seconds per average 1/4 Gregorian year */
+      int i;
+
+      /* If we're too close to the time_t limit, look in future quarters.  */
+      if (t < TIME_T_MIN + 3 * quarter)
+	quarter = -quarter;
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
 	{
-	  /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
-	     probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
-	     The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
-	     once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00.  */
-	  time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
-	  while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+	  time_t ot = t - i * quarter;
+	  struct tm otm;
+	  ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm);
+	  if (otm.tm_isdst == isdst)
 	    {
-	      struct tm otm;
-	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
-					 ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))))
-		{
-		  t = ot;
-		  tm = otm;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      if ((ot += dt) == t)
-		break;  /* Avoid a redundant probe.  */
+	      /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+		 Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+	      t = ot + ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &otm);
+	      ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm);
+	      break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -386,6 +361,24 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
   return t;
 }
 
+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_mktime_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
 #endif
@@ -530,6 +523,6 @@ main (argc, argv)
 
 /*
 Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -D__EXTENSIONS__ -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DHAVE_LOCALTIME_R -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
 End:
 */

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -55,7 +55,58 @@ char *malloc ();
 
 #define isodigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7')
 
-static int oatoi ();
+/* Return a positive integer containing the value of the ASCII
+   octal number S.  If S is not an octal number, return -1.  */
+
+static int
+oatoi (const char *s)
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (*s == 0)
+    return -1;
+  for (i = 0; isodigit (*s); ++s)
+    i = i * 8 + *s - '0';
+  if (*s)
+    return -1;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
+   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'.  Return the
+   new entry, or NULL upon failure.  */
+
+static struct mode_change *
+make_node_op_equals (int new_mode)
+{
+  struct mode_change *p;
+  p = talloc (struct mode_change);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return p;
+  p->next = NULL;
+  p->op = '=';
+  p->flags = 0;
+  p->value = new_mode;
+  p->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
+   HEAD and TAIL.  */
+
+static void
+mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
+		   struct mode_change **tail,
+		   struct mode_change *e)
+{
+  if (*head == NULL)
+    *head = *tail = e;
+  else
+    {
+      (*tail)->next = e;
+      *tail = e;
+    }
+}
 
 /* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
    MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
@@ -71,46 +122,47 @@ static int oatoi ();
    return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED if there is insufficient memory. */
 
 struct mode_change *
-mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
-     const char *mode_string;
-     unsigned masked_ops;
+mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
   struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
-  struct mode_change *change;	/* An element of the linked list. */
+  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
   int i;			/* General purpose temporary. */
   int umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
-  unsigned short affected_bits;	/* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
-  unsigned short affected_masked; /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
-  unsigned ops_to_mask;		/* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+
+  head = NULL;
+#ifdef lint
+  tail = NULL;
+#endif
 
   i = oatoi (mode_string);
   if (i >= 0)
     {
+      struct mode_change *p;
       if (i > 07777)
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-      if (head == NULL)
+      p = make_node_op_equals (i);
+      if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-      head->next = NULL;
-      head->op = '=';
-      head->flags = 0;
-      head->value = i;
-      head->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
       return head;
     }
 
   umask_value = umask (0);
   umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
-
-  head = NULL;
-#ifdef lint
-  change = NULL;
-#endif
   --mode_string;
 
   /* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
   do
     {
+      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
+      unsigned short affected_bits = 0;
+      /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
+      unsigned short affected_masked;
+      /* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+      unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
+
+      int who_specified_p;
+
       affected_bits = 0;
       ops_to_mask = 0;
       /* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
@@ -136,37 +188,39 @@ mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
     no_more_affected:
       /* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
 	 set in the umask. */
-      if (affected_bits == 0)
+      if (affected_bits)
+	who_specified_p = 1;
+      else
 	{
+	  who_specified_p = 0;
 	  affected_bits = 07777;
 	  ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
 	}
 
       while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
 	{
-	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
-	     are performed in the correct order. */
-	  if (head == NULL)
+	  struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+	  if (change == NULL)
 	    {
-	      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (head == NULL)
-		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	      change = head;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      change->next = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (change->next == NULL)
-		{
-		  mode_free (change);
-		  return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-		}
-	      change = change->next;
+	      mode_free (head);
+	      return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
 	    }
 
 	  change->next = NULL;
 	  change->op = *mode_string;	/* One of "=+-". */
 	  affected_masked = affected_bits;
+
+	  /* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
+	     `=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first.  */
+	  if (!who_specified_p &&
+	      ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
+	    {
+	      struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
+	      if (p == NULL)
+		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+	      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
+	    }
+
 	  if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
 			     : *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
 			     : MODE_MASK_MINUS))
@@ -175,6 +229,10 @@ mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
 	  change->value = 0;
 	  change->flags = 0;
 
+	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
+	     are performed in the correct order. */
+	  mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
+
 	  /* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
 	  for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
 	    switch (*mode_string)
@@ -240,8 +298,7 @@ invalid:
    of REF_FILE.  Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
 
 struct mode_change *
-mode_create_from_ref (ref_file)
-     const char *ref_file;
+mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
 {
   struct mode_change *change;	/* the only change element */
   struct stat ref_stats;
@@ -269,9 +326,7 @@ mode_create_from_ref (ref_file)
    The returned value has the S_IFMT bits cleared. */
 
 unsigned short
-mode_adjust (oldmode, changes)
-     unsigned oldmode;
-     const struct mode_change *changes;
+mode_adjust (unsigned int oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 {
   unsigned short newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
   unsigned short value;		/* The other operand. */
@@ -336,8 +391,7 @@ mode_adjust (oldmode, changes)
    CHANGES. */
 
 void
-mode_free (changes)
-     register struct mode_change *changes;
+mode_free (register struct mode_change *changes)
 {
   register struct mode_change *next;
 
@@ -348,21 +402,3 @@ mode_free (changes)
       changes = next;
     }
 }
-
-/* Return a positive integer containing the value of the ASCII
-   octal number S.  If S is not an octal number, return -1.  */
-
-static int
-oatoi (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  register int i;
-
-  if (*s == 0)
-    return -1;
-  for (i = 0; isodigit (*s); ++s)
-    i = i * 8 + *s - '0';
-  if (*s)
-    return -1;
-  return i;
-}

lib/mountlist.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -42,7 +42,20 @@ char *xrealloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 void error ();
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 # include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -101,7 +114,7 @@ void error ();
 # define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+#if HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
 /* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
 # include <sys/mntent.h>
 #endif
@@ -116,10 +129,10 @@ void error ();
 /* Return the value of the hexadecimal number represented by CP.
    No prefix (like '0x') or suffix (like 'h') is expected to be
    part of CP. */
+/* FIXME: this can overflow */
 
 static int
-xatoi (cp)
-     char *cp;
+xatoi (char *cp)
 {
   int val;
 
@@ -140,107 +153,120 @@ xatoi (cp)
 }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1.  */
 
-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__) && !defined (__OpenBSD__)
+#if MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO
+
+# if ! HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
 static char *
-fstype_to_string (t)
-     short t;
+fstype_to_string (short t)
 {
   switch (t)
     {
-# ifdef MOUNT_PC
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PC
     case MOUNT_PC:
       return "pc";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MFS
     case MOUNT_MFS:
       return "mfs";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_LO
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LO
     case MOUNT_LO:
       return "lo";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TFS
     case MOUNT_TFS:
       return "tfs";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TMP
     case MOUNT_TMP:
       return "tmp";
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UFS
    case MOUNT_UFS:
      return "ufs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NFS
    case MOUNT_NFS:
      return "nfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
    case MOUNT_MSDOS:
      return "msdos" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LFS
    case MOUNT_LFS:
      return "lfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
    case MOUNT_LOFS:
      return "lofs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
    case MOUNT_FDESC:
      return "fdesc" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
    case MOUNT_PORTAL:
      return "portal" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NULL
    case MOUNT_NULL:
      return "null" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
    case MOUNT_UMAP:
      return "umap" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
    case MOUNT_KERNFS:
      return "kernfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
    case MOUNT_PROCFS:
      return "procfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_AFS
    case MOUNT_AFS:
      return "afs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
    case MOUNT_CD9660:
      return "cd9660" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UNION
    case MOUNT_UNION:
      return "union" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
    case MOUNT_DEVFS:
      return "devfs" ;
-# endif
-# ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
    case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
      return "ext2fs" ;
-# endif
+#  endif
     default:
       return "?";
     }
 }
+# endif /* ! HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS */
+
+/* __NetBSD__ || BSD_NET2 || __OpenBSD__ */
+static char *
+fsp_to_string (const struct statfs *fsp)
+{
+# if defined HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
+  return fsp->f_fstypename;
+# else
+  return fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
+# endif
+}
+
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT		/* AIX.  */
 static char *
-fstype_to_string (t)
-     int t;
+fstype_to_string (int t)
 {
   struct vfs_ent *e;
 
@@ -255,22 +281,14 @@ fstype_to_string (t)
 /* Return a list of the currently mounted filesystems, or NULL on error.
    Add each entry to the tail of the list so that they stay in order.
    If NEED_FS_TYPE is nonzero, ensure that the filesystem type fields in
-   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.
-   If ALL_FS is zero, do not return entries for filesystems that
-   are automounter (dummy) entries.  */
+   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.  */
 
 struct mount_entry *
-read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
-     int need_fs_type, all_fs;
+read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
 {
   struct mount_entry *mount_list;
   struct mount_entry *me;
-  struct mount_entry *mtail;
-
-  /* Start the list off with a dummy entry. */
-  me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-  me->me_next = NULL;
-  mount_list = mtail = me;
+  struct mount_entry **mtail = &mount_list;
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
   {
@@ -285,18 +303,17 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 
     if(listmntent(&mntlist, KMTAB, NULL, NULL) < 0)
       return NULL;
-    p = mntlist;
-    while(p){
+    for (p = mntlist; p; p = p->next) {
       mnt = p->ment;
       me = (struct mount_entry*) xmalloc(sizeof (struct mount_entry));
       me->me_devname = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_fsname);
       me->me_mountdir = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
       me->me_type = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_type);
+      me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+      me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
       me->me_dev = -1;
-      me->me_next = NULL;
-      mtail->me_next = me;
-      mtail = me;
-      p = p->next;
+      *mtail = me;
+      mtail = &me->me_next;
     }
     freemntlist(mntlist);
   }
@@ -315,14 +332,12 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 
     while ((mnt = getmntent (fp)))
       {
-	if (!all_fs && (!strcmp (mnt->mnt_type, "ignore")
-			|| !strcmp (mnt->mnt_type, "auto")))
-	  continue;
-
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_fsname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_dir);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_type);
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	devopt = strstr (mnt->mnt_opts, "dev=");
 	if (devopt)
 	  {
@@ -333,15 +348,14 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  }
 	else
 	  me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
 
     if (endmntent (fp) == 0)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1. */
 
@@ -353,23 +367,21 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
     if (entries < 0)
       return NULL;
-    while (entries-- > 0)
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
       {
+	char *fs_type = fsp_to_string (fsp);
+
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
-# if defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__)
-	me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
-# else
-	me->me_type = fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
-# endif
+	me->me_type = fs_type;
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
-	fsp++;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
@@ -380,22 +392,24 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     int val;
     struct fs_data fsd;
 
-    while ((val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
-			  (char *) 0)) > 0)
+    while (errno = 0,
+	   0 < (val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
+			      (char *) 0)))
       {
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.devname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.path);
 	me->me_type = gt_names[fsd.fd_req.fstype];
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = fsd.fd_req.dev;
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
     if (val < 0)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNT. */
 
@@ -424,12 +438,13 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntonname);
 	me->me_type = mnt_names[stats[counter].f_type];
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
 
     free (stats);
@@ -470,15 +485,24 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	      me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
 	  }
 # endif
-	me->me_next = NULL;
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    if (ferror (fp))
+      {
+	int saved_errno = errno;
+	fclose (fp);
+	errno = saved_errno;
+	goto free_then_fail;
       }
 
     if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_FREAD || MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP.  */
 
@@ -491,12 +515,13 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup ( (*ent)->mt_resource);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup( (*ent)->mt_directory);
 	me->me_type =  xstrdup ((*ent)->mt_fstype);
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
     endmnttbl();
   }
@@ -508,33 +533,69 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     char *table = MNTTAB;
     FILE *fp;
     int ret;
+    int lockfd = -1;
 
+# if defined F_RDLCK && defined F_SETLKW
+    /* MNTTAB_LOCK is a macro name of our own invention; it's not present in
+       e.g. Solaris 2.6.  If the SVR4 folks ever define a macro
+       for this file name, we should use their macro name instead.
+       (Why not just lock MNTTAB directly?  We don't know.)  */
+#  ifndef MNTTAB_LOCK
+#   define MNTTAB_LOCK "/etc/.mnttab.lock"
+#  endif
+    lockfd = open (MNTTAB_LOCK, O_RDONLY);
+    if (0 <= lockfd)
+      {
+	struct flock flock;
+	flock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+	flock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	flock.l_start = 0;
+	flock.l_len = 0;
+	while (fcntl (lockfd, F_SETLKW, &flock) == -1)
+	  if (errno != EINTR)
+	    {
+	      int saved_errno = errno;
+	      close (lockfd);
+	      errno = saved_errno;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+      }
+    else if (errno != ENOENT)
+      return NULL;
+# endif
+
+    errno = 0;
     fp = fopen (table, "r");
     if (fp == NULL)
-      return NULL;
-
-    while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+      ret = errno;
+    else
       {
-	/* Don't show automounted filesystems twice on e.g., Solaris.  */
-	if (!all_fs && MNT_IGNORE (&mnt))
-	  continue;
+	while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+	  {
+	    me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
+	    me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
+	    me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
+	    me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
+	    me->me_dummy = MNT_IGNORE (&mnt) != 0;
+	    me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	    me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 
-	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
-	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
-	me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
-	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
+	    /* Add to the linked list. */
+	    *mtail = me;
+	    mtail = &me->me_next;
+	  }
 
-	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	ret = fclose (fp) == EOF ? errno : 0 < ret ? 0 : -1;
       }
 
-    if (ret > 0)
-      return NULL;
-   if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
-      return NULL;
+    if (0 <= lockfd && close (lockfd) != 0)
+      ret = errno;
+
+    if (0 <= ret)
+      {
+	errno = ret;
+	goto free_then_fail;
+      }
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2.  */
 
@@ -560,6 +621,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  {
 	    char *host, *path;
 
+	    me->me_remote = 1;
 	    /* Prepend the remote pathname.  */
 	    host = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_HOSTNAME].vmt_off;
 	    path = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off;
@@ -570,25 +632,43 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  }
 	else
 	  {
+	    me->me_remote = 0;
 	    me->me_devname = xstrdup (thisent +
 				      vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off);
 	  }
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_STUB].vmt_off);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype_to_string (vmp->vmt_gfstype));
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1; /* vmt_fsid might be the info we want.  */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
       }
     free (entries);
   }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT. */
 
-  /* Free the dummy head. */
-  me = mount_list;
-  mount_list = mount_list->me_next;
-  free (me);
+  *mtail = NULL;
   return mount_list;
+
+
+ free_then_fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (mount_list)
+      {
+	me = mount_list->me_next;
+	free (mount_list->me_devname);
+	free (mount_list->me_mountdir);
+	/* FIXME: me_type is not always malloced.  */
+	free (mount_list);
+	mount_list = me;
+      }
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return NULL;
+  }
 }

lib/mountlist.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.h -- declarations for list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,11 +22,26 @@ struct mount_entry
   char *me_mountdir;		/* Mount point directory pathname. */
   char *me_type;		/* "nfs", "4.2", etc. */
   dev_t me_dev;			/* Device number of me_mountdir. */
+  unsigned int me_dummy : 1;	/* Nonzero for dummy filesystems. */
+  unsigned int me_remote : 1;	/* Nonzero for remote fileystems. */
   struct mount_entry *me_next;
 };
 
-#if __STDC__
-struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type, int all_fs);
-#else
-struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list ();
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list PARAMS ((int need_fs_type));
+
+#ifndef ME_DUMMY
+# define ME_DUMMY(fs_name, fs_type) \
+    (!strcmp (fs_type, "auto") || !strcmp (fs_type, "ignore"))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ME_REMOTE
+# define ME_REMOTE(fs_name, fs_type) (strchr (fs_name, ':') != 0)
 #endif

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* path-concat.c -- concatenate two arbitrary pathnames
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -42,10 +42,7 @@ char *malloc ();
    BASE in the returned concatenation.  */
 
 char *
-path_concat (dir, base, base_in_result)
-     const char *dir;
-     const char *base;
-     char **base_in_result;
+path_concat (const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result)
 {
   char *p;
   char *p_concat;

lib/posixtm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef POSIXTM_H_
+# define POSIXTM_H_
+
+/* POSIX Date Syntax flags.  */
+# define PDS_LEADING_YEAR 1
+# define PDS_TRAILING_YEAR 2
+# define PDS_CENTURY 4
+# define PDS_SECONDS 8
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+time_t
+posixtime PARAMS ((const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits));
+
+struct tm *
+posixtm PARAMS ((const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits));
+
+#endif

lib/posixtm.y

@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-/* Parse dates for touch.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Kingdon and David MacKenzie. */
-%{
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* The following block of alloca-related preprocessor directives is here
-   solely to allow compilation by non GNU-C compilers of the C parser
-   produced from this file by old versions of bison.  Newer versions of
-   bison include a block similar to this one in bison.simple.  */
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else
-#ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#else
-void *alloca ();
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
-   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
-   to redefine it here.  */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-#define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-#define YYDEBUG 1
-
-/* Lexical analyzer's current scan position in the input string. */
-static char *curpos;
-
-/* The return value. */
-static struct tm t;
-
-time_t mktime ();
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
-   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
-   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
-   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
-   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
-   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
-   names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth pt_maxdepth
-#define yyparse pt_parse
-#define yylex   pt_lex
-#define yyerror pt_error
-#define yylval  pt_lval
-#define yychar  pt_char
-#define yydebug pt_debug
-#define yypact  pt_pact
-#define yyr1    pt_r1
-#define yyr2    pt_r2
-#define yydef   pt_def
-#define yychk   pt_chk
-#define yypgo   pt_pgo
-#define yyact   pt_act
-#define yyexca  pt_exca
-#define yyerrflag pt_errflag
-#define yynerrs pt_nerrs
-#define yyps    pt_ps
-#define yypv    pt_pv
-#define yys     pt_s
-#define yy_yys  pt_yys
-#define yystate pt_state
-#define yytmp   pt_tmp
-#define yyv     pt_v
-#define yy_yyv  pt_yyv
-#define yyval   pt_val
-#define yylloc  pt_lloc
-#define yyreds  pt_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks  pt_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs   pt_yylhs
-#define yylen   pt_yylen
-#define yydefred pt_yydefred
-#define yydgoto pt_yydgoto
-#define yysindex pt_yysindex
-#define yyrindex pt_yyrindex
-#define yygindex pt_yygindex
-#define yytable  pt_yytable
-#define yycheck  pt_yycheck
-
-static int yylex ();
-static int yyerror ();
-
-%}
-
-%token DIGIT
-
-%%
-date :
-       digitpair /* month */
-       digitpair /* day */
-       digitpair /* hours */
-       digitpair /* minutes */
-       year
-       seconds {
-	         if ($1 >= 1 && $1 <= 12)
-		   t.tm_mon = $1 - 1;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($2 >= 1 && $2 <= 31)
-		   t.tm_mday = $2;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($3 >= 0 && $3 <= 23)
-		   t.tm_hour = $3;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($4 >= 0 && $4 <= 59)
-		   t.tm_min = $4;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-	       }
-
-year : digitpair {
-                   t.tm_year = $1;
-		   /* Deduce the century based on the year.
-		      See POSIX.2 section 4.63.3.  */
-		   if ($1 <= 68)
-		     t.tm_year += 100;
-		 }
-    | digitpair digitpair {
-                            t.tm_year = $1 * 100 + $2;
-			    if (t.tm_year < 1900) {
-			      YYABORT;
-			    } else
-			      t.tm_year -= 1900;
-			  }
-    | /* empty */ {
-                    time_t now;
-		    struct tm *tmp;
-
-                    /* Use current year.  */
-                    time (&now);
-		    tmp = localtime (&now);
-		    t.tm_year = tmp->tm_year;
-		  }
-    ;
-
-seconds : /* empty */ {
-                        t.tm_sec = 0;
-		      }
-        | '.' digitpair {
-	                  if ($2 >= 0 && $2 <= 61)
-			    t.tm_sec = $2;
-			  else {
-			    YYABORT;
-			  }
-			}
-        ;
-
-digitpair : DIGIT DIGIT {
-                          $$ = $1 * 10 + $2;
-			}
-          ;
-%%
-static int
-yylex ()
-{
-  char ch = *curpos++;
-
-  if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
-    {
-      yylval = ch - '0';
-      return DIGIT;
-    }
-  else if (ch == '.' || ch == 0)
-    return ch;
-  else
-    return '?';			/* Cause an error.  */
-}
-
-static int
-yyerror ()
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Parse a POSIX-style date and return it, or (time_t)-1 for an error.  */
-
-time_t
-posixtime (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  curpos = s;
-  /* Let mktime decide whether it is daylight savings time.  */
-  t.tm_isdst = -1;
-  if (yyparse ())
-    return (time_t)-1;
-  else
-    return mktime (&t);
-}
-
-/* Parse a POSIX-style date and return it, or NULL for an error.  */
-
-struct tm *
-posixtm (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  if (posixtime (s) == -1)
-    return NULL;
-  return &t;
-}

lib/putenv.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
    Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -23,14 +23,15 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Disable the definition of putenv to rpl_putenv (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_putenv on
-   systems like Irix 5.3.  */
-#undef putenv
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Don't include stdlib.h because some (e.g., Solaris 2.7) declare putenv
+   with a non-const argument.  That would conflict with the declaration of
+   rpl_putenv below (due to the #define putenv rpl_putenv from config.h).  */
+
+char *malloc ();
+void free ();
 
-#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -51,11 +52,14 @@
 extern char **environ;
 #endif
 
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+
 
 /* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.  */
 int
-rpl_putenv (string)
-     const char *string;
+rpl_putenv (const char *string)
 {
   const char *const name_end = strchr (string, '=');
   register size_t size;

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <quotearg.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Quote the chararacters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  int quote_these_too[((UCHAR_MAX + 1) / INT_BITS
+		       + ((UCHAR_MAX + 1) % INT_BITS != 0))];
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondances to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options *p
+    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len;
+  int quote_mark;
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  enum quoting_style quoting_style = p->style;
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+	if (len < buffersize) \
+	  buffer[len] = (c); \
+	  len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case shell_quoting_style:
+      if (! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
+	{
+	  switch (arg[0])
+	    {
+	    case '#': case '~':
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      len = 0;
+	      for (i = 0; ; i++)
+		{
+		  if (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
+		    goto done;
+
+		  c = arg[i];
+
+		  switch (c)
+		    {
+		    case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
+		    case '!': /* special in csh */
+		    case '"': case '$': case '&': case '\'':
+		    case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+		    case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
+		    case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+		    case '`': case '|':
+		      goto needs_quoting;
+		    }
+
+		  if (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS)))
+		    goto needs_quoting;
+
+		  STORE (c);
+		}
+
+	    needs_quoting:;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Fall through.  */
+
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      quote_mark = '\'';
+      break;
+
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      quote_mark = '"';
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      quote_mark = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  len = 0;
+
+  if (quote_mark)
+    STORE (quote_mark);
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      c = arg[i];
+
+      switch (quoting_style)
+	{
+	case literal_quoting_style:
+	  break;
+
+	case shell_quoting_style:
+	case shell_always_quoting_style:
+	  if (c == '\'')
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case c_quoting_style:
+	case escape_quoting_style:
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case '?': /* Do not generate trigraphs.  */
+	    case '\\': goto store_escape;
+	      /* Not all C compilers know what \a means.  */
+	    case   7 : c = 'a'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\b': c = 'b'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\f': c = 'f'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\n': c = 'n'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\r': c = 'r'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\t': c = 't'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\v': c = 'v'; goto store_escape;
+
+	    case '"':
+	      if (quoting_style == c_quoting_style)
+		goto store_escape;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      if (!ISGRAPH (c))
+		{
+		  STORE ('\\');
+		  STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+		  STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+		  c = '0' + (c & 7);
+		  goto store_c;
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (! (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
+	    goto store_c;
+
+	store_escape:
+	  STORE ('\\');
+	}
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (quote_mark)
+    STORE (quote_mark);
+
+ done:
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type `int'
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  static unsigned int nslots;
+  static struct slotvec
+    {
+      size_t size;
+      char *val;
+    } *slotvec;
+
+  if (nslots <= n)
+    {
+      int n1 = n + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
+      if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
+	abort ();
+      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
+      nslots = n;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
+    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val, size);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+      }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
+    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
+    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
+    escape_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=escape */
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but
+   this is planned to change to --quoting-style=shell in the future.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+				enum quoting_style s));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+				struct quoting_options const *o));
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
+char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));

lib/readutmp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
 # include <string.h>
@@ -29,13 +31,13 @@
 #include "readutmp.h"
 
 char *xmalloc ();
+char *realloc ();
 
 /* Copy UT->ut_name into storage obtained from malloc.  Then remove any
    trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
 
 char *
-extract_trimmed_name (ut)
-  const STRUCT_UTMP *ut;
+extract_trimmed_name (const STRUCT_UTMP *ut)
 {
   char *p, *trimmed_name;
 
@@ -50,15 +52,47 @@ extract_trimmed_name (ut)
   return trimmed_name;
 }
 
-/* Read the utmp file FILENAME into *UTMP_BUF, set *N_ENTRIES to the
-   number of entries read, and return zero.  If there is any error,
+/* Read the utmp entries corresponding to file FILENAME into freshly-
+   malloc'd storage, set *UTMP_BUF to that pointer, set *N_ENTRIES to
+   the number of entries, and return zero.  If there is any error,
    return non-zero and don't modify the parameters.  */
 
+#if HAVE_UTMPNAME
+
 int
-read_utmp (filename, n_entries, utmp_buf)
-  const char *filename;
-  int *n_entries;
-  STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf;
+read_utmp (const char *filename, int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf)
+{
+  int n_read;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *u;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp = NULL;
+
+  if (utmpname (filename))
+    return 1;
+
+  setutent ();
+
+  n_read = 0;
+  while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
+    {
+      ++n_read;
+      utmp = (STRUCT_UTMP *) realloc (utmp, n_read * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
+      if (utmp == NULL)
+	return 1;
+      utmp[n_read - 1] = *u;
+    }
+
+  endutent ();
+
+  *n_entries = n_read;
+  *utmp_buf = utmp;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int
+read_utmp (const char *filename, int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf)
 {
   FILE *utmp;
   struct stat file_stats;
@@ -91,3 +125,5 @@ read_utmp (filename, n_entries, utmp_buf)
 
   return 0;
 }
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UTMPNAME */

lib/readutmp.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,7 +20,14 @@
 #ifndef __READUTMP_H__
 # define __READUTMP_H__
 
-# include <stdio.h>
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 # include <sys/types.h>
 
 # ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H

lib/regex.h

@@ -1,25 +1,24 @@
 /* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
    expression library, version 0.12.
-   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the 
-GNU C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _REGEX_H
 #define _REGEX_H 1
@@ -32,10 +31,10 @@ extern "C" {
 /* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
    <regex.h>.  */
 
-#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) && !defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) && defined (VMS)
+#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
 /* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
    should be there.  */
-#include <stddef.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
 /* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
@@ -240,7 +239,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
    (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
    value, so remove any previous define.  */
 #ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
-#undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# undef RE_DUP_MAX
 #endif
 /* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
 #define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
@@ -283,6 +282,10 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
    `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
 typedef enum
 {
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+#endif
+
   REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
   REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
 
@@ -314,7 +317,7 @@ typedef enum
    private to the regex routines.  */
 
 #ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
-#define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
+# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
 #endif
 
 struct re_pattern_buffer
@@ -405,7 +408,7 @@ struct re_registers
    `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
    the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
 #ifndef RE_NREGS
-#define RE_NREGS 30
+# define RE_NREGS 30
 #endif
 
 
@@ -428,11 +431,11 @@ typedef struct
 
 #if __STDC__
 
-#define _RE_ARGS(args) args
+# define _RE_ARGS(args) args
 
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 
-#define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
+# define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
 
 #endif /* not __STDC__ */
 
@@ -502,23 +505,26 @@ extern void re_set_registers
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
              unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 
-#ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP
-#ifndef _CRAY
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _CRAY
 /* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
 extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
-#endif
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags));
-extern int regexec
-  _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *preg, const char *string, size_t nmatch,
-             regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags));
-extern size_t regerror
-  _RE_ARGS ((int errcode, const regex_t *preg, char *errbuf,
-             size_t errbuf_size));
-extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg));
+extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+			      int __cflags));
+
+extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
+			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
+			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+
+extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
+				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
+
+extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
 
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus

lib/rename.c

@@ -38,12 +38,9 @@ extern int errno;
    Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */
 
 int
-rename (from, to)
-     char *from;
-     char *to;
+rename (char *from, char *to)
 {
   struct stat from_stats, to_stats;
-  int pid, status;
 
   if (stat (from, &from_stats))
     return -1;
@@ -76,23 +73,27 @@ rename (from, to)
   if (S_ISDIR (from_stats.st_mode))
     {
       /* Need a setuid root process to link and unlink directories. */
-      pid = fork ();
+      int status;
+      pid_t pid = fork ();
       switch (pid)
 	{
 	case -1:		/* Error. */
-	  error (1, errno, "cannot fork");
+	  return -1;		/* errno already set */
 
 	case 0:			/* Child. */
 	  execl (MVDIR, "mvdir", from, to, (char *) 0);
-	  error (255, errno, "cannot run `%s'", MVDIR);
+	  _exit (1);
 
 	default:		/* Parent. */
 	  while (wait (&status) != pid)
 	    /* Do nothing. */ ;
 
-	  errno = 0;		/* mvdir printed the system error message. */
 	  if (status)
-	    return -1;
+	    {
+	      /* MVDIR failed.  */
+	      errno = EIO;
+	      return -1;
+	    }
 	}
     }
   else

lib/rmdir.c

@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ int
 rmdir (dpath)
      char *dpath;
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  int status;
   struct stat statbuf;
 
   if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) != 0)
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ rmdir (dpath)
       while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{
 
 	  /* /bin/rmdir failed.  */

lib/rpmatch.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Determine whether string value is affirmation or negative response
    according to current locale's data.
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,28 +29,15 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if WITH_REGEX
-# include <regex.h>
-#else
-# include <rx.h>
-#endif
-
 #if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <regex.h>
 # include <libintl.h>
 # define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#else
-# define _(Text) Text
-#endif
 
 static int
-try (response, pattern, match, nomatch, lastp, re)
-     const char *response;
-     const char *pattern;
-     const int match;
-     const int nomatch;
-     const char **lastp;
-     regex_t *re;
+try (const char *response, const char *pattern, const int match,
+     const int nomatch, const char **lastp, regex_t *re)
 {
   if (pattern != *lastp)
     {
@@ -70,12 +57,13 @@ try (response, pattern, match, nomatch, lastp, re)
   /* See if the regular expression matches RESPONSE.  */
   return regexec (re, response, 0, NULL, 0) == 0 ? match : nomatch;
 }
+#endif
 
 
 int
-rpmatch (response)
-     const char *response;
+rpmatch (const char *response)
 {
+#if ENABLE_NLS
   /* Match against one of the response patterns, compiling the pattern
      first if necessary.  */
 
@@ -88,4 +76,9 @@ rpmatch (response)
 			 &yesexpr, &yesre))
 	  ? result
 	  : try (response, _("^[nN]"), 0, -1, &noexpr, &nore));
+#else
+  /* Test against "^[yY]" and "^[nN]", hardcoded to avoid requiring regex */
+  return (*response == 'y' || *response == 'Y' ? 1
+	  : *response == 'n' || *response == 'N' ? 0 : -1);
+#endif
 }

lib/safe-read.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* safe-read.c -- an interface to read that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,17 +31,16 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
+#include "safe-read.h"
+
 /* Read LEN bytes at PTR from descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted.
    Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or negative
    for an error.  */
 
-int
-safe_read (desc, ptr, len)
-     int desc;
-     char *ptr;
-     int len;
+ssize_t
+safe_read (int desc, void *ptr, size_t len)
 {
-  int n_chars;
+  ssize_t n_chars;
 
   if (len <= 0)
     return len;

lib/safe-read.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ssize_t
+safe_read PARAMS ((int desc, void *ptr, size_t len));

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include "config.h"
 #endif
 
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
 # include <fcntl.h>
 #else
 # include <sys/file.h>
@@ -57,8 +57,7 @@ char *xgetcwd PARAMS ((void));
    called, but doing so is ok.  Otherwise, return zero.  */
 
 int
-save_cwd (cwd)
-     struct saved_cwd *cwd;
+save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
 {
   static int have_working_fchdir = 1;
 
@@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ save_cwd (cwd)
 
   if (have_working_fchdir)
     {
-#ifdef HAVE_FCHDIR
+#if HAVE_FCHDIR
       cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY);
       if (cwd->desc < 0)
 	{
@@ -118,10 +117,7 @@ save_cwd (cwd)
    */
 
 int
-restore_cwd (cwd, dest, from)
-     const struct saved_cwd *cwd;
-     const char *dest;
-     const char *from;
+restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd, const char *dest, const char *from)
 {
   int fail = 0;
   if (cwd->desc >= 0)
@@ -144,8 +140,7 @@ restore_cwd (cwd, dest, from)
 }
 
 void
-free_cwd (cwd)
-     struct saved_cwd *cwd;
+free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
 {
   if (cwd->desc >= 0)
     close (cwd->desc);

lib/savedir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -76,9 +76,7 @@ char *stpcpy ();
    Return NULL if DIR cannot be opened or if out of memory. */
 
 char *
-savedir (dir, name_size)
-     const char *dir;
-     unsigned int name_size;
+savedir (const char *dir, unsigned int name_size)
 {
   DIR *dirp;
   struct dirent *dp;

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
    Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -33,9 +34,7 @@
 
 /* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
 char *
-__stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
 {
   register char *d = dest;
   register const char *s = src;

lib/strcasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}

lib/strdup.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 char *strcpy ();
@@ -31,8 +31,7 @@ char *strcpy ();
    or 0 if out of memory. */
 
 char *
-strdup (str)
-     const char *str;
+strdup (const char *str)
 {
   char *newstr;
 

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
    Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
@@ -22,11 +22,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
-#ifndef _REENTRANT
-# define _REENTRANT 1
-#endif
-
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
 # define HAVE_MBLEN 1
@@ -136,7 +131,7 @@ extern char *tzname[];
    add one for integer division truncation;
    add one more for a minus sign if t is signed.  */
 #define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
-  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 100 + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+ ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
 
 #define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
 
@@ -149,21 +144,20 @@ extern char *tzname[];
 
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
-# define gmtime_r __gmtime_r
-# define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define my_strftime_gmtime_r __gmtime_r
+# define my_strftime_localtime_r __localtime_r
 # define tzname __tzname
 # define tzset __tzset
 #else
-# if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
-#  if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
-/* Approximate gmtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#   undef gmtime_r
-#   define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
-static struct tm *gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+
+/* If we're a strftime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer gmtime
+   to gmtime_r, since many gmtime_r implementations are buggy.
+   Similarly for localtime_r.  */
+
+# if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+static struct tm *my_strftime_gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
-gmtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_strftime_gmtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
   struct tm *l = gmtime (t);
   if (! l)
@@ -171,16 +165,11 @@ gmtime_r (t, tp)
   *tp = *l;
   return tp;
 }
-#  endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+# endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
 
-/* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#  undef localtime_r
-#  define localtime_r my_ftime_localtime_r
-static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+static struct tm *my_strftime_localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
-localtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_strftime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
   struct tm *l = localtime (t);
   if (! l)
@@ -188,7 +177,6 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   *tp = *l;
   return tp;
 }
-# endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
 #endif /* ! defined _LIBC */
 
 
@@ -282,10 +270,7 @@ static const char zeroes[16] = /* "0000000000000000" */
 static char *memcpy_lowcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));
 
 static char *
-memcpy_lowcase (dest, src, len)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-     size_t len;
+memcpy_lowcase (char *dest, const char *src, size_t len)
 {
   while (len-- > 0)
     dest[len] = TOLOWER ((unsigned char) src[len]);
@@ -295,10 +280,7 @@ memcpy_lowcase (dest, src, len)
 static char *memcpy_uppcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));
 
 static char *
-memcpy_uppcase (dest, src, len)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-     size_t len;
+memcpy_uppcase (char *dest, const char *src, size_t len)
 {
   while (len-- > 0)
     dest[len] = TOUPPER ((unsigned char) src[len]);
@@ -312,9 +294,7 @@ memcpy_uppcase (dest, src, len)
 # define tm_diff ftime_tm_diff
 static int tm_diff __P ((const struct tm *, const struct tm *));
 static int
-tm_diff (a, b)
-     const struct tm *a;
-     const struct tm *b;
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
 {
   /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
      Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
@@ -349,9 +329,7 @@ static int iso_week_days __P ((int, int));
 __inline__
 #endif
 static int
-iso_week_days (yday, wday)
-     int yday;
-     int wday;
+iso_week_days (int yday, int wday)
 {
   /* Add enough to the first operand of % to make it nonnegative.  */
   int big_enough_multiple_of_7 = (-YDAY_MINIMUM / 7 + 2) * 7;
@@ -376,34 +354,35 @@ static char const month_name[][10] =
 
 
 #ifdef emacs
-# define my_strftime emacs_strftime
- /* Emacs 20.2 uses `-Dstrftime=emacs_strftime' when compiling,
-    because that's how strftime used to be configured.
-    Undo this, since it gets in the way of accessing the underlying strftime,
-    which is needed for things like %Ec in Solaris.
-    The following two lines can be removed once Emacs stops compiling with
-    `-Dstrftime=emacs_strftime'.  */
-# undef strftime
-size_t strftime __P ((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
+# define my_strftime emacs_strftimeu
+# define ut_argument , ut
+# define ut_argument_spec int ut;
+# define ut_argument_spec_iso , int ut
 #else
 # define my_strftime strftime
+# define ut_argument
+# define ut_argument_spec
+# define ut_argument_spec_iso
+/* We don't have this information in general.  */
+# define ut 0
 #endif
 
 #if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_TZNAME && HAVE_TZSET
   /* Solaris 2.5 tzset sometimes modifies the storage returned by localtime.
      Work around this bug by copying *tp before it might be munged.  */
   size_t _strftime_copytm __P ((char *, size_t, const char *,
-			        const struct tm *));
+			        const struct tm * ut_argument_spec_iso));
   size_t
-  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
       char *s;
       size_t maxsize;
       const char *format;
       const struct tm *tp;
+      ut_argument_spec
   {
     struct tm tmcopy;
     tmcopy = *tp;
-    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy);
+    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy ut_argument);
   }
 # undef my_strftime
 # define my_strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
@@ -418,41 +397,40 @@ size_t strftime __P ((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
    anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
    written, use NULL for S and (size_t) UINT_MAX for MAXSIZE.  */
 size_t
-my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
-      char *s;
-      size_t maxsize;
-      const char *format;
-      const struct tm *tp;
+my_strftime (char *s, size_t maxsize, const char *format, const struct tm *tp
+	     ut_argument_spec)
 {
   int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-  const char *const a_wkday = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABDAY_1 + tp->tm_wday);
-  const char *const f_wkday = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, DAY_1 + tp->tm_wday);
-  const char *const a_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABMON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
-  const char *const f_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
-  const char *const ampm = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-					hour12 > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR);
-  size_t aw_len = strlen (a_wkday);
-  size_t am_len = strlen (a_month);
-  size_t ap_len = strlen (ampm);
+  /* We cannot make the following values variables since we must delay
+     the evaluation of these values until really needed since some
+     expressions might not be valid in every situation.  The `struct tm'
+     might be generated by a strptime() call that initialized
+     only a few elements.  Dereference the pointers only if the format
+     requires this.  Then it is ok to fail if the pointers are invalid.  */
+# define a_wkday _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABDAY_1 + tp->tm_wday)
+# define f_wkday _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, DAY_1 + tp->tm_wday)
+# define a_month _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABMON_1 + tp->tm_mon)
+# define f_month _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon)
+# define ampm _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, tp->tm_hour > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR)
+
+# define aw_len strlen (a_wkday)
+# define am_len strlen (a_month)
+# define ap_len strlen (ampm)
 #else
 # if !HAVE_STRFTIME
-  const char *const f_wkday = weekday_name[tp->tm_wday];
-  const char *const f_month = month_name[tp->tm_mon];
-  const char *const a_wkday = f_wkday;
-  const char *const a_month = f_month;
-  const char *const ampm = "AMPM" + 2 * (hour12 > 11);
+#  define f_wkday (weekday_name[tp->tm_wday])
+#  define f_month (month_name[tp->tm_mon])
+#  define a_wkday f_wkday
+#  define a_month f_month
+#  define ampm ("AMPM" + 2 * (tp->tm_hour > 11))
+
   size_t aw_len = 3;
   size_t am_len = 3;
   size_t ap_len = 2;
 # endif
-#endif
-#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
-  size_t wkday_len = strlen (f_wkday);
-  size_t month_len = strlen (f_month);
 #endif
   const char *zone;
-  size_t zonelen;
   size_t i = 0;
   char *p = s;
   const char *f;
@@ -468,29 +446,31 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
   zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
 #endif
 #if HAVE_TZNAME
-  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever strftime() is called, the
-     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
-     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  if (ut)
+    {
+      if (! (zone && *zone))
+	zone = "GMT";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever strftime() is called, the
+	 time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+	 be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
 # if HAVE_TZSET
-  tzset ();
+      tzset ();
 # endif
-
-  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
-    zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
+    }
 #endif
-  if (! zone)
-    zone = "";		/* POSIX.2 requires the empty string here.  */
-
-  zonelen = strlen (zone);
 
   if (hour12 > 12)
     hour12 -= 12;
   else
-    if (hour12 == 0) hour12 = 12;
+    if (hour12 == 0)
+      hour12 = 12;
 
   for (f = format; *f != '\0'; ++f)
     {
-      int pad;			/* Padding for number ('-', '_', or 0).  */
+      int pad = 0;		/* Padding for number ('-', '_', or 0).  */
       int modifier;		/* Field modifier ('E', 'O', or 0).  */
       int digits;		/* Max digits for numeric format.  */
       int number_value; 	/* Numeric value to be printed.  */
@@ -552,7 +532,13 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		if (bytes == 0)
 		  break;
 
-		if (bytes == (size_t) -2 || bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		  {
+		    len += strlen (f + len);
+		    break;
+		  }
+
+		if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
 		  {
 		    len++;
 		    break;
@@ -563,6 +549,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
 
 	    cpy (len, f);
+	    f += len - 1;
 	    continue;
 	  }
 	}
@@ -580,7 +567,6 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 #endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
 
       /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
-      pad = 0;
       while (1)
 	{
 	  switch (*++f)
@@ -673,7 +659,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	      to_lowcase = 0;
 	    }
 #if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
-	  cpy (wkday_len, f_wkday);
+	  cpy (strlen (f_wkday), f_wkday);
 	  break;
 #else
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -699,7 +685,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	      to_lowcase = 0;
 	    }
 #if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
-	  cpy (month_len, f_month);
+	  cpy (strlen (f_month), f_month);
 	  break;
 #else
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -723,9 +709,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	subformat:
 	  {
 	    char *old_start = p;
-	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
-	    if (len == 0 && *subfmt)
-	      return 0;
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt, tp);
 	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));
 
 	    if (to_uppcase)
@@ -752,7 +736,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    *u++ = format_char;
 	    *u = '\0';
 	    len = strftime (ubuf, sizeof ubuf, ufmt, tp);
-	    if (len == 0)
+	    if (len == 0 && ubuf[0] != '\0')
 	      return 0;
 	    cpy (len, ubuf);
 	  }
@@ -1041,7 +1025,6 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  add (1, *p = '\t');
 	  break;
 
-	case 'f':
 	case 'u':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  DO_NUMBER (1, (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 1);
 
@@ -1150,7 +1133,16 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	      to_uppcase = 0;
 	      to_lowcase = 1;
 	    }
-	  cpy (zonelen, zone);
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+	  /* The tzset() call might have changed the value.  */
+	  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
+	    zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
+#endif
+	  if (! zone)
+	    zone = "";		/* POSIX.2 requires the empty string here.  */
+
+	  cpy (strlen (zone), zone);
 	  break;
 
 	case 'z':		/* GNU extension.  */
@@ -1162,34 +1154,39 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 #if HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 	    diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
 #else
-	    struct tm gtm;
-	    struct tm ltm;
-	    time_t lt;
-
-	    ltm = *tp;
-	    lt = mktime (&ltm);
-
-	    if (lt == (time_t) -1)
+	    if (ut)
+	      diff = 0;
+	    else
 	      {
-		/* mktime returns -1 for errors, but -1 is also a
-		   valid time_t value.  Check whether an error really
-		   occurred.  */
-		struct tm tm;
-		localtime_r (&lt, &tm);
+		struct tm gtm;
+		struct tm ltm;
+		time_t lt;
 
-		if ((ltm.tm_sec ^ tm.tm_sec)
-		    | (ltm.tm_min ^ tm.tm_min)
-		    | (ltm.tm_hour ^ tm.tm_hour)
-		    | (ltm.tm_mday ^ tm.tm_mday)
-		    | (ltm.tm_mon ^ tm.tm_mon)
-		    | (ltm.tm_year ^ tm.tm_year))
+		ltm = *tp;
+		lt = mktime (&ltm);
+
+		if (lt == (time_t) -1)
+		  {
+		    /* mktime returns -1 for errors, but -1 is also a
+		       valid time_t value.  Check whether an error really
+		       occurred.  */
+		    struct tm tm;
+
+		    if (! my_strftime_localtime_r (&lt, &tm)
+			|| ((ltm.tm_sec ^ tm.tm_sec)
+			    | (ltm.tm_min ^ tm.tm_min)
+			    | (ltm.tm_hour ^ tm.tm_hour)
+			    | (ltm.tm_mday ^ tm.tm_mday)
+			    | (ltm.tm_mon ^ tm.tm_mon)
+			    | (ltm.tm_year ^ tm.tm_year)))
+		      break;
+		  }
+
+		if (! my_strftime_gmtime_r (&lt, &gtm))
 		  break;
+
+		diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
 	      }
-
-	    if (! gmtime_r (&lt, &gtm))
-	      break;
-
-	    diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
 #endif
 
 	    if (diff < 0)
@@ -1222,7 +1219,23 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	}
     }
 
-  if (p)
+  if (p && maxsize != 0)
     *p = '\0';
   return i;
 }
+
+
+#ifdef emacs
+/* For Emacs we have a separate interface which corresponds to the normal
+   strftime function and does not have the extra information whether the
+   TP arguments comes from a `gmtime' call or not.  */
+size_t
+emacs_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+      char *s;
+      size_t maxsize;
+      const char *format;
+      const struct tm *tp;
+{
+  return my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp, 0);
+}
+#endif

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
    when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory).  */
 
 void
-strip_trailing_slashes (path)
-     char *path;
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
 {
   int last;
 

lib/strncasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"

lib/strndup.c

@@ -33,9 +33,7 @@ char *malloc ();
 
 /* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
 char *
-strndup (s, n)
-     const char *s;
-     size_t n;
+strndup (const char *s, size_t n)
 {
   char *new = malloc (n + 1);
 

lib/strstr.c

@@ -30,9 +30,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 typedef unsigned chartype;
 
 char *
-strstr (phaystack, pneedle)
-     const char *phaystack;
-     const char *pneedle;
+strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
 {
   register const unsigned char *haystack, *needle;
   register chartype b, c;

lib/strtod.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Convert NPTR to a double.  If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the
    character after the last one used in the number is put in *ENDPTR.  */
 double
-strtod (nptr, endptr)
-     const char *nptr;
-     char **endptr;
+strtod (const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 {
   register const char *s;
   short int sign;